Keep Visiting www.owaysonline.com for latest notes Email:- admin@owaysonline.

com
Phone:- 77159 32112

(Paper Format)
Duration: 3 hrs. SECOND MATE (F.G.) Maximum Marks: 200

Pass Marks: 100

BRIDGE EQUIPMENT AND WATCH KEEPING

Note: 1. ATTEMPT ANY 8 OUT OF 9 QUESTIONS.

2. ALL QUESTIONS CARRY EQUAL MARKS

Q1. GYRO COMPASS, MAGNETIC COMPASS, AUTO PILOT, COURSE RECORDER, ROTI

Q2. DOPPLER LOG, ELECTRO MAGNETIC LOG, ECHO SOUNDER, OTHERS

Q3. ELECTRONIC POSITION FIXING SYSTEM

Q4. AIS, LRIT, VOYAGE DATA RECORDER, SEXTANT

Q5. BRIDGE PROCEDURES

Q6. IAMSAR, VTS PROCEDURES, SHIP REPORTING SYSTEMS

Q7. WATCHKEEPING, BRM

Q8. SAFETY, WATCH KEEPING, EMERGENCIES

Q9. MANOEUVRING

Please note that the above format is only an indicative of the examination paper.

The candidates are advised to refer to detailed teaching syllabus and the course outline.
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 08h November-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 marks each.

Q.1 a) Write short notes on “Tilt” and “Drift” of a gyro and discuss their rates? (Marks 8)
b) Write short note on Magnetic Compass? (Marks 8)
c) Explain importance of Taking & Recording Compass Error? (Marks 9)

Q.2 a) Explain the advantages of ‘Janus’ Configuration of Doppler log. (Marks 15)
b) Enumerate steering gear tests & checks. (Marks 10)

Q.3 a) Explain the working of a GPS (Marks 15)

b) How does DGPS enhance position fixing of GPS data. (Marks 10)

Q.4 Write short notes with comparison on the following:

i) LRIT vs AIS
ii) VDR (Voyage Data Recorder) vs S-VDR
iii) ECS (Electronic Chart System) vs Paper Charts

Q.5 While keeping Bridge watch at sea, list actions would you take when following alarms are
activated:
a) Fire Alarm b) Gyro Failure c) VHF DSC Distress Alert

Q.6 a) List the contents of IAMSAR Volume III. (Marks 15)

b) How does VTS enhance safety of navigation? (Marks 10)

Q.7 a) Explain Situational Awareness? (Marks 10)

b) Explain terms SAFE SPEED, LOOKOUT, STAND-ON VESSEL. (Marks 15)

Q.8) Prepare a checklist for taking over a navigational watch at sea

a) In Restricted Visibility. (Marks 12)
b) Approaching a Heavy Weather Area. (Marks 13)

Q.9 a) What are the dangers associated with and precautions to take while navigating in shallow
waters? (Marks 10)
b) Draw a Turning Circle and Define below mentioned associated Terms ADVANCE, TACTICAL
DIAMETER, TRANSFER, DRIFT ANGLE. (Marks 15)
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 06h October-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 marks each.

Q.1 Explain following terms with respect to Operation of Gyro Compass:

a) Gyroscopic Inertia b) Precession c) Tilt
d) Drift e) Three degree of Freedom

Q.2 a) What corrections are to be made to Echo Sounder before comparison with Chart? (Marks 10)
b) Explain the use of ‘Janus’ configuration in a Doppler log? (Marks 15)

Q.3 a) Write short notes on True North, Magnetic North, Variation, Deviation. (Marks 15)
b) Explain Purpose and Working of a Course Recorder? (Marks 10)

Q.4 Write short notes with on any two of the following:

i) LRIT ii) VDR iii) ECDIS iv) BNWAS v) AIS

Q.5 a) Explain Term “Responsibility” as per Rule 2 of Rule of the Road (RoR). (Marks 12)
b) Under what conditions and circumstances will you call a Master on the Bridge? (Marks 15)

Q.6 a) List content of IAMSAR Vol 3. (Marks 15)

b) Explain when & how the sector search is executed. (Marks 10)

Q.7 a) What are the dangers associated while navigating in a Heavy Weather Area? (Marks 12)
b) What do you understand by Effective Communication and Assertive Leadership? (Marks 13)

Q.8) a) List actions you will take while on watch and a MOB occurs? (Marks 15)
b) Prepare a checklist for maintaining a Safe Anchor Watch? (Marks 10)

Q.9 a) Define and Explain Terms SQUAT, PIVOT POINT, FOUL HAWSE, BOW CUSHION. (Marks 16)
b) List all the information that you will get from Pilot Card? (Marks 09)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 06h September-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 marks each.

Q.1 a) Describe the procedure for removing air bubble from Magnetic Compass. (Marks 10)
b) With respect to Auto-pilot, write short notes on:
i) Proportional control
ii) Off-course alarm (Marks 15)

Q.2 How Janus configuration of the Doppler Log minimizes various errors?

Q.3 a) Explain how the frequencies used by GPS satellites can also be used to determine the speed of
the vessel? (Marks 15)
b) Explain the methods of updating Electronic Nautical Charts (ENCs). (Marks 10)

Q.4 a) List the authorized users of LRIT information and state the conditions under which LRIT
information from ships can be released to the authorized users. (Marks 15)
b) List the data recorded by VDR and SVDR. (Marks 10)

Q.5 a) List the exchange of information between the Master and Pilot when the pilot boards the
vessel. (Marks 15)
b) What information in contained in the Wheel House Poster. (Marks 10)

Q.6 List the duties & responsibilities of the On-scene Co-coordinator in IAMSAR.

Q.7 As per STCW watch keeping principles, list the factors to be taken into account when deciding the
composition of the watch on bridge.

Q.8) a) What does the STCW say regarding performing a deck watch in general and particularly on
ships carrying hazardous cargo? (Marks 10)
b) State your actions on receiving a distress alert on VHF DSC channel 70. (Marks 15)

Q.9 Draw a turning circle for a vessel. Mark and explain Advance, Transfer, Tactical Diameter and Drift
Angle.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 05h Aug-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 marks each.

Q.1 a) How does Proportional control work and how does the addition of Integral and Derivative
control in an Auto-Pilot improve steering control. (15 Marks)
b) Describe any two properties of a free gyroscope. (10 Marks)

Q.2 a) Describe the working of a piezo-electric transducer. What is the difference between a piezo-
electric and electrostatic transducer? (15 Marks)
nd
b) Briefly describe the effect of Multiple Echoes and 2 Trace Echoes in an Echo Sounder.
(10 Marks)

Q.3 a) What Dilution of Precision? Briefly explain the various types DOP’s of the GPS system.
(10 Marks)
b) What are the advantages and disadvantages of ECDIS over paper charts? (15 Marks)

Q.4 a) Who are the authorized receivers of LRIT messages and when may they request for the same?
What is the function of the DDP? (10 Marks)
b) Why should AIS not be used as the sole anti-collision aid? What is meant by Pseudo-AIS or Virtual-
AIS and where could these be used? (15 Marks)

Q.5 a) What is the role of a Pilot on board ship? What is the responsibility of the Bridge Team when a
Pilot is on board and what is meant by the term “Challenge the Pilot”? (15 Marks)
b) What is the need for the “Master Pilot Exchange”? (10 Marks)

Q.6 As per IAMSAR describe:

a) The 3 levels of co-ordination indicating the duties and responsibilities at each level. (15 Marks)
b) Contents of Situation Report as per IAMSAR. (10 Marks)

Q.7 a) What is Situational Awareness with respect to the Bridge Team? How will you recognize the
loss of situational Awareness? (15 Marks)
b) Describe closed loop and open loop communications giving relevant examples. (10 Marks)

Q.8) What are the immediate and subsequent actions of an OOW in case of a fire that starts in the
Engine Room while the vessel is out at sea. Assume you are on a general cargo vessel and the fire gets
Out of Control. (25 Marks)

Q.9 a) Sketch and describe the execution of a Short Round Turn for a vessel with a high hand
propeller when in restricted waters. (12 Marks)
b) List the factors to be taken into account when allowing for Under Keel Clearance (UKC).
(13 Marks)
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 14th July-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 marks each.

Q.1 a) Describe with a simple sketch, the optical system of the Magnetic Compass binnacle. What is
the main feature of this system with respect to the image seen by the helmsman. (Marks 15)
b) Define Magnetic Variation and Deviation? (Marks 10)

Q.2 a) Sketch and describe the working of an Electro Magnetic Log. Indicate whether the log shows
speed over ground or speed through the water and why. (Marks 15)
b) What are the limitations of the EM log? (Marks 10)

Q.3 a) What are the two methods by which the DGPS system computes the correction to be applied
to the position obtained by GPS? (Marks 15)
b) Describe the contents of navigational message of the GPS. (Marks 10)

Q.4 With the respect to AIS explain the following:

a) What are the precautions to be taken when using AIS for collision avoidance and why?
(Marks 15)
b) What is the information contained in “Dynamic messages”? (Marks 10)

Q.5 a) Describe how you would take over the navigational watch at night. (Marks 15)
b) Your X-band radar picks up a SART signal. What actions will you take as OOW and how is your
vessel expected to respond to this situation? (Marks 10)

Q.6 a) What is the objective of “Ships Routeing”? How will you know whether a routeing system is
mandatory or voluntary? (Marks 15)
b) Briefly describe the various reports to be made to shore authorities while participating in ship
reporting systems. (Marks 10)

Q.7 a) What is Bridge Resources Management? (Marks 10)

b) What is meant by closed loop communication? How is it advantageous over open loop
communication? Give two examples of each type of communication. (Marks 15)

Q.8) a) While on watch, bunker operations are in progress. Should an oil spill occur, what action will
you take as OOW? (Marks 15)
b) State your actions on receiving a distress alert on VHF DSC channel 70. (Marks 10)

Q.9 a) Why is the turning circle of a ship larger when in shallow water? (Marks 10)
b) What would be the effect of wind from the Port beam, on a Car Carrier that is:
1) stopped and drifting 2) moving ahead 3) moving astern. (Marks 15)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 12th April-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 marks each.

Q.1 a) With a simple block diagram, describe the working of an Adaptive Auto-Pilot. (10 Marks)
b) Using sketches describe how the following errors of the Gyrocompass are calculated and
compensated for: i) Speed & Latitude Error (08 Marks)
ii) Damping or Latitude Error (07 Marks)

Q.2 a) In a Marine Echo Sounder, Describe (15 Marks)

i) Pythagoras Error and how it is computed?
ii) Cross Noise, Thermal Noise, Sea Noise
iii) Multiple Echoes
b) With a simple, clearly labelled sketch, describe how an EM Log displays speed and distance.
(10 Marks)
Q.3 a) i) What are the contents of the GPS Navigation Message.
ii) Describe the features and function of the Ground Control Segment. (10 Marks)
b) What are the advantages and disadvantages of ENC charts over paper charts. (15 Marks)

Q.4 a) What is the purpose of the LRIT system? Who are “Authorized Receivers” in the LRIT system?
(10 Marks)
b) What is the purpose of the VDR? What data is recorded by SVDR and VDR? (15 Marks)

Q.5 a) What information is contained in the Wheelhouse Poster? How does it help the Navigator?
(15 Marks)
b) Using sketches, describe squat? What is the effect of squat and how can it be reduced. (10 Marks)

Q.6 a) What is the function of a VTS System? What are the different types of VTS systems?
(10 Marks)
b) When are ships required to make reports? Briefly describe the format of reports to be made in a
Ship Reporting System? (15 Marks)

Q.7 a) Briefly describe some of the qualities of a good leader? (10 Marks)
b) i) What are the effects of fatigue ii) Briefly describe Verbal and Non-Verbal communication?
(5 + 10 Marks)
Q.8) As per IAMSAR, sketch and describe three possible recommended turns to be taken in case of a
Man Overboard, on the Port side, at sea? What are the preparations to be made while proceeding for
the rescue? (25 Marks)

Q.9 a) Using simple sketches, explain Transverse Thrust in a vessel with a right handed propeller both
when going ahead and astern. (10 Marks)
b) Sketch and describe interaction in a narrow channel when one vessel is overtaking another.
(15 Marks)
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th March-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 What is the principle of auto-pilot steering? What are the different controls provided to improve
the efficiency of the system?

Q.2 With the aid of a block diagram, describe the working of an echo-sounder. What are errors in the
soundings obtained by echo sounder?

Q.3 a) What factors affect the accuracy of a GPS position?

b) What do you understand by “Pseudo range” and “True Range?”

Q.4 What are the objectives of AIS? What are the added advantages of AIS over ARPA w.r.t. collision
avoidance?

Q.5 Explain the principles of performing navigational watch in different conditions such as clear
whether, restricted visibility and in hours of darkness.

Q.6 a) Write notes on various VTS services provided by shore? Where will you get this information?
b) Enumerate the regulation in COLREGS for stand on vessels?

Q.7 While keeping Bridge watch at sea, what action would you take when following alarms are
activated?
a) Steering Failure Alarm b) Gyro Failure Alarm c) Fire Alarm

Q.8 On a passage from Mumbai to Cochin in the month of August, state all preparations you will
make to prepare your vessel for encountering heavy weather?

Q.9 Describe various shallow water effects a vessel experience on entering a narrow channel. How
will you describe Squat and calculate it in confined water?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 15th January-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) With respect to Gyro Compass explain: (15 Marks)

(i) Precession of the axis (ii) Tilt & Drift (iii) Settling Time
b) Explain why the value of Deviation of a Magnetic Compass changes with change in the heading of
the ship? (10 Marks)

Q.2 a) Explain how an Echo Sounder determines the depth of water? (15 Marks)
b) Explain various errors associated with Doppler Log. (10 Marks)

Q.3 a) With reference to GPS write short notes on: (15 Marks)
(i) C/A Code (ii) Navigational Message (iii) GDOP
b) State how electronic charts are corrected? (10 Marks)

Q.4 a) Enumerate various data recorded in VDR. (15 Marks)

b) What is the purpose of LRIT? How does it differ from AIS? (10 Marks)

Q.5 Explain your understanding of the following terms:

a) ‘Safe Speed’ as per Rule 6 and Rule 19. (15 Marks)
b) ‘Navigate with extreme caution’ as per Rule 19. (10 Marks)

Q.6 a) Enumerate the regulation in COLREGS for stand on vessels? (10 Marks)
b) What are the various search patterns used to assist a vessel in distress? (15 Marks)

Q.7 a) What are the duties of the O.O.W. when a vessel is at anchor? How will you know your vessel is
dragging anchor. (15 Marks)
b) What are the rest periods required for watch keepers as per STCW 2010? (10 Marks)

Q.8 List out the Watch Keeper’s responsibility under the following circumstances:
a) Storm warning while vessel at Anchor.
b) Fire on vessel at Berth. (25 Marks)

Q.9 Write short notes on the following:

a) Transverse Thrust b) Wheel House Poster
c) Squat d) Bow Cushion & Bank Suction
(25 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th December-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) How will convert a free gyroscope so a gyro compass?

b) Write short notes on precessions of the Gyro?

Q.2 a) Write the principle of Echo Sounder.

b) Explain with block diagram of the operation of Phasing type Echo graph.

Q.3 Write the functions of various segments of GPS. What is Clock-bias error?

Q.4 a) Explain the difference between LRIT and AIS?

b) Explain the working principle of AIS?

Q.5 Describe in brief the contents of “Bridge Procedure Guide”.

Q.6 a) Write with diagrams the various types of search pattern in case of Man Overboard.
b) Describe the essential elements of Ship Reporting System.

Q.7 What are the precautions to be taken prior, during and after entering enclosed space?

Q.8 What are the actions to be taken in case of fire in cargo pump room of a crude oil tanker in port and at
sea?

Q.9 With simple diagram, describe briefly:-

a) With respect to stopping distance, explain head reach and track reach.
b) List out the various publications and manuals you would require for safe navigation.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 13th November-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 With respect to a free Gyroscope, briefly explain the following terms:
a) Gyroscopic Inertia b) Precession
c) Drift and Tilt d) Three Degrees of Freedom

Q.2 What is the principle of Electromagnetic log? How is the principle used to find the speed of the vessel?

Q.3 How does the GPS find its position? How the DGPS calculate even more accurate Positions than the GPS.

Q.4 a) Explain the purpose of VDR. List the data recorded on VDR.
b) Compare and contrast between LRIT and AIS.

Q.5 Describe the precautions and actions to be taken on detecting a galley fire while at sea.

Q.6 a) Explain the various routeing measures being followed as per ‘Ship’s Routeing guide’.
b) Describe the VTS reporting procedures.

Q.7 a) State the STCW guidelines in ensuring a safe and efficient bridge watch.
b) List out the various publications and manuals you would require for safe navigation.

Q.8 a) State your actions for a person overboard in restricted visibility.

b) As per STCW 2010 watch keeping standards, how will you take over an anchor watch at night in a
congested anchorage.

Q.9 With the help of a suitable sketch, explain the following terms:
a) Transfer
b) Advance
c) Tactical diameter
d) Head Reach
Also, explain the effect on the above aspect of the maneuverability in shallow water.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th October -2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 Explain with the help of a block diagram the working of an auto-pilot. On what occasions, should an auto
pilot not to be used?

Q.2 What is Doppler Effect? Compare Doppler log and electromagnetic log.

Q.3 Write the segments of GPS in brief. What are the errors in GPS?

Q.4 With respect to AIS explains the followings:

a) Purpose and benefit of AIS
b) Why AIS cannot be used for collision avoidance.
c) Dynamic message
d) Limitation of AIS

Q.5 a) Describe the various duties of the OOW when navigation with pilot on board.
b) Describe the various actions to be taken by OOW when navigating in coastal waters.

Q.6 a) List the preparations to be carried out on board while enroute for carrying out a rescue operation for a
vessel in distress.
b) Write short notes on INSPIRES with respect to Ship Reporting System.

Q.7 a) Describe in detail, the purpose and importance of “Lookout: in keeping a safe bridge watch.”
b) List the circumstances in which OOW should call the Master on the Bridge.

Q.8 What are the actions will you take and report to the master if your vessel collides a tanker at sea during
your watch?

Q.9 Explain in brief the factors affect the ship maneuvering in narrow channel.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th March -2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) With simple sketch describe Proportional, Integral and Derivative Control in an Auto-Pilot. (15 Marks)

b) Explain the term “Latitude, course and speed error” with respect to the Gyro Compass. (10 Marks)

Q.2 a) Describe a principle and working of a Doppler log and explain how Doppler log determines speed of the
ship? List the errors of Doppler log. (15 Marks)

b) Differentiate between water track speed and ground track speed. (10 Marks)

Q.3 What do you understand by the term ‘chart datum’? Which default datum is used in GPS? Can a fix
obtained from the GPS receiver be plotted directly onto a navigational chart? (25 Marks)

Q.4 a) Explain the purpose of VDR and list the data recorded on VDR. (10 Marks)

b) Describe the contents and indicate the broadcast intervals for each message type for a class A AIS.
(15 Marks)

Q.5 a) Describe the various duties of the OOW when navigating with pilot on board. (15 Marks)

b) What information is contained in the Pilot Card? (10 Marks)

Q.6 As per IAMSAR briefly defines:

i) Track Spacing ii) Datum iii) SAR Coordinator
iv) SAR Mission Coordinator v) On-Scene Coordinator. (25 Marks)

Q.7 Explain the principle of “Bridge Resource Management”. (25 Marks)

Q.8 Describe the immediate and subsequent actions of an OOW in case of a collision with another vessel.
(25 Marks)

Q.9 a) What is the Pivot point? With simple sketches, indicate its position when the vessel is stopped, when at
anchor, when going ahead or astern at a stead speed as well as when accelerating. (10 Marks)

b) How does transverse thrust affect a vessel going ahead & astern when she has a right handed propeller, a
left handed propeller or a controlled pitch propeller? (10 Marks)

c) List the factors to be taken into account when allowing for Under Keel Clearance (UKC) (05 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 13th Jan -2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) Using meaningful sketches, explain your understanding of ‘Rigidity in Space’ & ‘Gyroscopic Precession’?
(12)
b) With the help of neat sketch describe various types of soft iron rods which could be present around the
magnetic compass. (13)

Q.2 a) Explain how does a ‘Janus Configuration’ help to obtain the correct speed of the vessel.
b) Explain in brief the working of echo sounder.

Q.3 a) Explain how a GPS receiver determines the ship’s position.

b) What are various segments of GPS?

Q.4 a) What are the information transmitted by an AIS device and at what interval? (12)
b) Define following as applicable to ECDIS:- (13)
i) ENC ii) SENC iii) Standard Display iv) Display Base v) Vector Chart and Raster Chart

Q.5 a) As per the Bridge Procedure Guide list the duties of the Officer on Watch. (15)
b) List the contents of Part B and C of the Bridge Procedures Guide. (10)

Q.6 a) Write notes on:- (15)

i) Search & Rescue Co-ordinators (SCs).
ii) Search & Rescue Region (SRR), and
iii) Track Spacing.
b) What are the advantages and disadvantages of the VTS system? (10)

Q.7 a) What is Bridge Team Management? List the Principles of BRM. (15)
b) Explain the procedures that are laid down in STCW regarding taking over a navigational watch in restricted
visibility. (10)

Q.8 a) While in port receiving bunkers, fire breaks out in a hold on board your vessel. List your actions. (15)
b) Explain your immediate action on learning about a man overboard. Describe the subsequent procedure for
recovery of the person from the sea. (10)

Q.9 Describe the turning circle for a loaded vessel conducting a turn to starboard and explain the effect of
speed, trim, list and shallow water on its tactical diameter. (25)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th Nov -2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) Draw a neat sketch of compass binnacle and label various arrangements provided in it.
b) How will you plan a turn around an imaginary point? Describe the methods of execution and monitoring of
the turn keeping Rate of Turn constant?

Q.2 a) Explain the operational and functional performance requirements of a Bridge Navigation Watch Alarm
System.
b) What are the problems encountered in ‘ranging’ method of the echo sounder? How is it minimized by
‘phasing’ method?

Q.3 i) Explain how GPS receiver determines its position.

ii) How does DGPS improve the accuracy of a normal GPS fix?

Q.4 a) Explain the purpose of VDR and list the data recorded on VDR.
b) Describe the working of AIS.

Q.5 Briefly discuss the contents of the Bridge Procedure Guide (BPG). What does the Guide say regarding
i) Bridge familiarization and ii) ‘Standing Orders’ by the master?

Q.6 a) State the general principles and reporting procedures of the Ship Reporting System.
b) State the advantages and disadvantages of the following MOB patterns:-
i) Williamson Turn ii) Scharnov Turn and iii) Anderson Turn

Q.7 As an OOW for safe & efficient completion of voyage you need to keep principles of BRM in mind. Discuss
the above statement with on board situation.

Q.8 a) List the immediate and subsequent actions that you will take in the event of M/E failure in a TSS.
b) As per the STCW 2010 Watch keeping Standards, how will you take over an anchor watch at night in a
congested anchorage?

Q.9 a) Define ‘Squat’. State the factors that affect squat.

b) What is the effect on a vessel moving close to a solid wall or bank? Explain with neat sketches.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th Sept -2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) With respect to gyro compass explain drift, tilt and precession.
b) Draw a neat sketch of Magnetic Compass binnacle with all correctors.

Q.2 a) Explain the working principle of an echo sounder with the help of a block diagram.
b) Describe in brief various errors associated with Doppler log.

Q.3 With reference to GPS explains:

i) C/A code ii) Navigational message iii) GDOP

Q.4 a) What is the purpose of ‘BNWAS’ and describe the sequence of warnings required to be generated by
the BNWAS system.
b) Differentiate between AIS & LRIT.

Q.5 Explain your action as Bridge Watch keeping officer under following circumstances:
a) Vessel at anchor and commences dragging.
b) Vessel at sea starts encountering gale force winds.

Q.6 With the help of sketch any three search patterns as per IAMSAR.

Q.7 Write short notes on followings:-

a) Transverse Thrust
b) Squat
c) Bow cushion and Bank suction
d) Interaction between vessels

Q.8 Describe in detail the duties of an OOW when your vessel an oil Tanker has run aground.

Q.9 With simple diagrams, describe briefly:

a) Manoeuvring data displayed on the Bridge.
b) Williamson’s turn.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th July -2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) Explain the procedure of testing “Off Course Alarm” in Auto Pilot.
b) Explain various control units in Auto Pilot.

Q.2 a) Draw a block diagram showing the main components of an Echo Sounder and describe the functions of
each.
b) Describe the basic principle of Doppler speed log. How the effect of ship’s trim countered in this log?

Q.3 a) Explain how the GPS is obtaining the position.

b) Explain with sketches where applicable the various errors associated with GPS positioning.

Q.4 a) Explain the use of AIS in collision avoidance and SAR operations.
b) Explain the purpose of VDR and list the data recorded on VDR?

Q.5 a) As per bridge procedure guide, what are the duties of the officer of the watch?
b) Under what circumstances the Master should be called on bridge?

Q.6 a) Enlist the preparations carried out on board en route to render the assistance to the distressed vessel
as per IAMSAR.
b) Write with diagrams the various types of search patterns in case of Man Overboard.

Q.7 a) What are all the checks required to be carried out as a OOW after taking over a navigation watch at
Sea.
b) Explain what are the information / instructions available in Master’s standing order and explain why it is
important to OOW.

Q.8 a. What are the actions to be taken in case of fire in cargo holds containing tires when at sea.
b. Prepare a checklist for taking over a navigational watch at sea during:
i. Night time
ii. Restricted Visibility.

Q.9 What smells the ground? Explain with diagram how it affects ship maneuvering.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th May -2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) With reference to Marine Gyro Compass, write short notes on – Drift, Tilt, Rigidity in Space &
Precession.
b) Draw a neat sketch of magnetic compass bowl and label different parts of it.

Q.2 a) Explain the basic principle of operation of Doppler Log and show how Janus configuration achieves
excellent level of performance.
b) Describe the functions of autopilot controls. Why do they need to be adjusted for optimum performance of
the auto pilot?

Q.3 a) Describe the contents of navigation message and structure of the C/A Code transmitted by the GPS
satellites.
b) Explain the errors of the GPS system.

Q.4 a) Why a VDR/ S-VDR system is fitted on board ships? Support your answer with the purposes it fulfills.
b) Write short notes on: - i. AIS ii. LRIT

Q.5 a) Discuss the contents of Part A of the Bridge Procedure Guide with respect to bridge organization,
passage planning and duties of the officer of the watch.
b) List the information contained in the wheel house poster and pilot card.

Q.6 a) Describe various VTS systems in use. How does it help the vessel in safe Navigation?
b) State the parts, resources and limitations of the VTS system.

Q.7 What is the purpose of the log book? Your vessel is arriving in port, list the entries you will make in the log
book from the time pilot on board until vessel secured alongside the berth.

Q.8 a. Prepare a check list prior to entry into a space that has been closed for an extensive period of time.
b.. List all the checks/ tests and communication with VTS /pilots prior to arrival at port.

Q.9 With neat sketches, explain the interaction likely to be experienced between two ships approaching each
other head-on in a canal?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th March -2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) Draw a neat sketch of a cross section wet card magnetic compass and explains why its usage is
preferred over a dry card compass for steering purpose.
b) Explain Latitude Error and Speed Error with respect to a Gyro Compass.

Q.2 a) What is Janus configuration and what benefit it provides in Doppler Log System.
b) Describe working principle of EM log.

Q.3 With respect to GPS, write in brief about:

i) HDOP ii) DGPS

Q.4 a) Explain in brief the working principle of AIS.

b) With respect to LRIT:
i) Provide what information is transmitted.
ii) Explain when a contracting government can have a right to get these information.

Q.5 a) What is “Sole lookout” as per STCW code, explain in details.

b) What factors you will consider in determining the composition of navigational watch under STCW code.

Q.6 a) List the “immediate actions” and “subsequent actions” that should be taken in a man over board
situation.
b) Describe various search patterns for assisting a vessel in distress as prescribed in IAMSAR.

Q.7 List the duties / responsibilities of a navigation watch-keeper while vessel is navigating in:
a) Restricted waters.
b) Coastal waters.
c) Pilot on board.

Q.8 Your vessel, an oil tanker, suffers fire in the pump room while at anchor. Explain your actions in detail
with the help of a suitable checklist,

Q.9 Write short notes on following:-

i. Pivot Point
ii. Advance and Transfer while vessel turning.
iii. Head Reach

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th Jan -2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) Explain w.r.t. Gyro Compass the terms ‘steaming error’ and ‘tangent error’.
b) Describe the purpose of following settings in Autopilot:
i) Rudder ii) Counter Rudder iii) Constant helm and iv) Weather

Q.2 a) Describe the errors associated with Doppler log.

b) Draw and explain the working of an Echo Sounder.

Q.3 With respect to GPS write short notes on:

a) Space segment & Ground segment.
b) Precise Positioning Service (PPS) & Standard Position Service (SPS)

Q.4 a. Describe the Control System of an Auto-Pilot with diagram.

b. Write in short the purpose of LRIT and AIS. Draw a comparison between LRIT AND AIS.

Q.5 List and briefly discuss the contents of the Bridge Procedure Guide. What do the guidelines say regarding
watch keeping arrangements? (25)

Q.6 a) What is the importance of Ship Reporting Systems for safe navigation? List the elements of the Ship
Routeing System. (15)
b) In a SAR situation, what are the duties and responsibilities of the OSC? (10)

Q.7 a) Discuss the importance of ‘Feedback’ for effective communication on bridge. (15)
b) Write short notes on “situational awareness” as implied to maintaining navigation watch on the bridge.
Discuss with one on board situations. (10)

Q.8 a) Describe the procedure for testing of controls prior departure from port. (15)
b) List the circumstances under which you will call the master. (10)

Q.9 a) With neat sketches, explain the interaction experienced between ships in an overtaking situation. (15)
b) Explain why the turning circle of the vessel increases in shallow waters. (10)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 12th Nov -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 Explain various parts of a magnetic compass with diagram and also describe the Construction and functions
of a liquid card standard magnetic compass.

Q.2 What is the principle of a Doppler Log and how does it work? Explain the various errors off an Echo-
sounder?

Q.3 Explain the following:

i) Geometric Dilution of Precision (GDOP)
ii) Pseudo Range

Q.4 Write short notes on the following:

a) Voyage Data Recorders
b) Automatic Identification System
c) Long range and identification system.

Q.5 a) Explain importance of communication in Bridge team management.

b) Explain Assertiveness with on board examples.

Q.6 a) What is Anderson’s Turn and when & where can this be used?
b) Explain coordinated search and when do we use this types of search?

Q.7 Describe the duties of a OOW after your vessel an oil tanker has run aground?

Q.8 Explain the use of EPIRB, SART, Immersion Suits and EEBD.

Q.9 Draw a turning circle to port and show Advance, Transfer, Drift Angle, Tactical Diameter when:
a) Vessel is in deep waters at full speed.
b) Vessel is sailing in deep waters at half speed.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th Sept -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) State the principle of Doppler log and explain how the principle is used to determine the ship’s speed.
b) Describe the purpose and performance requirement of BNWAS.

Q.2 a) Show with a neat sketch how will you execute a Constant Radial Turn.
b) Differentiate between AIS & LRIT.

Q.3 a) With respect to GPS explain:

i) GDOP ii) C/A code iii) Carrier frequency
b) Explain how DGPS enhances the accuracy of a GPS receiver.

Q.4. a) Explain the properties of Free Gyroscope. What is Tilt & Drift?
b) Explain the purpose of VDR, list the data recorded on VDDR / S-VDR.

Q.5 Your vessel, an oil tanker, suffers fire in the pump room while at anchor. Explain your actions in details with
the help of a suitable checklist.

Q.6 Define ‘Emergency’. How does SOLAS ensure that ship’s crew can deal with various emergencies that may
arise? Describe how this achieved on your last ship?

Q.7 A new life raft which had been delivered on board on vessels sailing was to be secured in place. On trying to
place the liferaft on the cradle the crew member reported the liferaft has accidently fallen off from your vessel
due to vessel rolling. The painter was not yet connected. Explain your action in retrieving the liferaft from the
water if the information is reported immediately after it has fallen in the water? What turn will you use and
why?

Q.8 a) What is situational awareness & what are the problems?

b) Explain Communication & state why Communication is important when you are sailing with crew from
different Nationalities?

Q.9 (a) Discuss and write notes on all shallow water effects.
(b) Draw the turning circle diagram of a ship. Define the terms used in the turning circle.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th July -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) What is Magnetic variation, why it varies and where you fill find its value?
b) Write short notes on Drifting and Tilting of a free Gyroscope?

Q.2 a) Explain the principle and the errors of EM log.

b) Describe Janus Configuration.

Q.3 With respect to GPS write short notes on:

a) Space segment & ground control segment.
b) What is a clock-bias error.

Q.4. a) Explain the difference between LRIT and AIS??

b) What is a clock-bias error?

Q.5 Describe in brief the contents of “Bridge Procedures Guide”.

Q.6 a) Describe the use of VTS in Navigation.

b) Describe the essential elements of Ship Reporting System and the types of reports to be sent by the vessel.

Q.7 With the respect to bridge resource management principles explain the following:
a) Effective communication
b) Assertiveness & Leadership
c) Situational Awareness

Q.8 a) How will you draw the swinging circle on anchoring? Describe the steps to be taken when you find the
vessel’s position is outside the swinging circle?
b) Draw out a Checklist for anchoring.

Q.9 Write short notes on the following with regards to maneuvering:-

a) Pivot point b) Transverse thrust
c) Drift angle d) Bridge Resource Management (BRM)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th May -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) Briefly explain the advantage of an Autopilot and the controls provided for its optimum performance.
b) Explain the use of rate of turn indicator.

Q.2 a) Explain the principle and working of Doppler Log for obtaining the speed of a vessel?
b) Briefly explain the various modules of a VDR.

Q.3 Explain followings with respect to GYRO.

i) Drift & Tilt ii) Settling error iii) Steaming error iv) Precession.

Q.4. Describe the working of an echo sounder with aid of a block diagram. Discuss the various errors
associated with echo sounders.

Q.5 Explain your action as Bridge Watch Keeping Officer under following circumstances.
a) Vessel at anchor and commences dragging.
b) Vessel at sea starts encountering gale force winds.

Q.6 With the help of sketch explain all the search patterns as per IAMSAR.

Q.7 Describe in detail the duties of an oow when your vessel an oil Tanker has run aground.

Q.8 With simple diagrams, describe briefly:

a) Maneuvering data displayed on the Bridge.
b) Williamson Turn.

Q.9 Write short notes on followings:-

a) Transverse Thrust b) Squat
c) Bow cushion and Bank Suction d) Interaction between Vessels.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th March -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) Describe Auto Pilot as an aid to navigation.

b) Explain the purpose & function of following controls:
i) Permanent Helm ii) Counter Rudder iii) Rudder iv) Rudder Limit v) Weather

Q.2 Explain the working of an Electro-magnetic log with a suitable diagram and compare its advantages and
disadvantages with Doppler log.

Q.3 a) How will you initiate GPS on installation?

b) What factors affect the accuracy of GPS position?
c) What do you understand by ‘Pseudo range’ & ‘True range’.

Q.4. Differentiate between the following:

a) AIS and LRIT b) VDR and S-VDR

Q.5 Describe various duties, precautions and actions to be taken by the OOW when navigating the pilot on
board.

Q.6 a) What is VTS and what are the benefits of implementing VTS?
b) Describe with suitable sketch following search patterns as per IAMSAR.
i) Expanding square search ii) Sector-search

Q.7 a) Explain the factors to be taken into account when determining bridge manning levels.
b) Explain the reporting procedures for VTS and SRS.

Q.8 List out the Watch keepers Responsibility under the following circumstances:-
a) Storm warning while vessel at Anchor.
b) Fire on vessel at Berth.

Q.9 a) Discuss shallow water effects.

b) Draw the turning Circle Diagram of a Ship. Define the terms used in the turning Circle.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th January -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: BRIDGE EQUIPMENT & WATCHKEEPING

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 100 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Attempt any Eight out of Nine Questions
2. All Questions carry equal marks each.

Q.1 a) Explain the term Latitude, Course and Speed error with respect to Gyro compass?
b) Explain with block diagram the working of an Autopilot?

Q.2 a) Explain Janus Configuration w.r.t. Doppler log?

b) What are the various errors connected with the working of an echo sounder and what measures do you
take to eliminate the errors when using the equipment.

Q.3 a) With respect to GPS, explain space segment and ground segment.
b) How the position are obtained by GPS.

Q.4. Write short notes on: a) VDR b) AIS

Q.5 a) What is a safe speed?

b) Under what conditions, the master should be called on bridge?

Q.6 When and how the following search patterns are executed?
a) Sector search pattern
b) Expanding Square search Pattern
c) Parallel track search Pattern

Q.7 Prepare a checklist for taking over a navigational watch at sea during
a) Night time
b) Restricted Visibility

Q.8 List the duties and responsibilities of a navigation watch-keeper while vessel is navigation in:
a) Restricted waters
b) Coastal waters
c) Pilot on board

Q.9 Draw & label the turning circle diagram of a vessel with Right Handed Propulsion system. Explain, transfer,
tactical diameter and drift angle.

*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
 Keep Visiting www.owaysonline.com for latest notes Email:- admin@owaysonline.com
Phone:- 77159 32112

(Paper Format)
Duration: 3 hrs. SECOND MATE (F.G.) Maximum Marks: 200

Pass Marks: 120

CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE

Note: 1. Question 1 and 2 are compulsory.

2. Answer any SIX out of remaining EIGHT questions.
3. All questions carry equal marks

1. CARGO CALCULATIONS (STOWAGE FACTOR/ BROKEN STOWAGE/ LOAD DENSITY OR TANKER)

2. TACKLE CALCULATIONS/ CALCULATE DISPLACEMENT OF THE SHIP GIVEN SIX SIDED DRAFTS
AND DENSITY OF WATER USING HYDROSTATIC TABLES (USING QUARTER MEAN DRAFT).

3. CRUDE / PETROLEUM PRODUCT (INCLUDING INERTING/ COW PROCEDURES- HAZARDS AND

PRECAUTIONS)

4. LIQUID CHEMICALS CARGO INCLUDING HAZARDS, PROPERTIES AND PRECAUTIONS WITH

RESPECT TO IBC CODE, LIQUEFIED GAS CARGOES INCLUDING HAZARDS, PROPERTIES AND
PRECAUTIONS WITH RESPECT TO IGC CODE

5. IMDG CODE INCLUDING IMDG CONTAINERS, MFAG, EmS

6. BULK CARGOES: GRAIN/ HIGH DENSITY/COAL CARGOES

7. CODE FOR SAFE PRACTICES (TIMBER / IMSBC / BLU / SECURING)

8. CONTAINER/ Ro-Ro CARGOES, PCC, PTC,

9. REFRIGERATED / GENERAL CARGO / DECK CARGO / HEAVY LIFT

10. DAMAGE TO CARGO SPACES – INSPECTION & REPORTING / CARGO GEAR INSPECTION

Please note that the above format is only an indicative of the examination paper. The candidates are advised to
refer to detailed teaching syllabus and the course outline.
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 10th November-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any 6 out of remaining 8 Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 An oil tanker has a tank dimensions 28m x 20m x 9m is loading oil at 28 OC. It is decided to leave 3% of the
volume of the oil for expansion at all times. The ullage pipe is 1.2m above the top of the tank. If the maximum
temperature of oil during the voyage is expected to reach 38 OC. Calculate the quantity of oil and final ullage at
load port assuming that the vessel is at even keel on completion. Given that density of oil at 15 OC = 0.8545
(use ASTM tables).

Q.2 A hold 10 x 10 x 9m is to be loaded with steel plates (SF 2.05m 3/t) and steel coils (SF 1.86 m3/t). If the load
density of the tank top is 4.5t/m2. Calculate:
a) How many tonnes of each cargo can be loaded?
b) The height of both types of cargo.

Q.3 Explain static charge on a tanker. What precautions can be taken on board to safeguard against it?

Q.4 Explain various methods of venting of tanks on tankers. Sketch and give details of Pressure / vacuum
valves.

Q.5 With respect to IMDG code, Explain following:

a) MFAG b) EmS c) UN no.

Q.6 a) Write short note on DOA (Document of Authorization) as per Grain Code and the conditions which
must be fulfilled to load bulk grain without DOA. (Marks 10)
b) Enumerate how a ship’s hold will be prepared to load grain? (Marks 15)

Q.7 State the recommendations for stowage, lashing and securing of Timber deck cargoes as set out in Code
of safe practices for ships carrying Timber deck cargoes.

Q.8 a) Sketch and describe securing and lashing arrangement of container. (Marks 15)
b) Describe the procedure for closing and securing of how does on a Ro-Ro vessel. (Marks 10)

Q.9 a) With the help of a sketch explain the principle of Bay Row Tier Co-ordinates on board a container vessel
in helping to identify the location of containers. (Marks 10)
b) Sketch and label the various lashing material used in securing containers. (Marks 15)

Q.10 a) Write a short note on Dock Safety Regulations. (Marks 15)

b) List all checks you will do prior putting a cargo gear for use for lifting heavy lifts. (Marks 10)

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th October-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A tween deck is 15m long, 18 m wide and 4 m high and has a permissible load density of 5t/sq.m. Steel
billets of SF 0.3 cu. m/t and general cargo of SF 4.0 cu. m/t are to be loaded therein to fill all available space.
Find the maximum quantity of steel billets that can be loaded and the quantity of over stowed general cargo
so that load density is not exceeded.

Q.2 A derrick fitted with 2- fold purchase use to advantage is to lift a load of 26T. The cargo runner wire is
rove through the lead blocks on derrick head and heel on the way to the winch. What will be the size of wire
(6 x 24) to be used when Factor of Safety is 6 and Friction is 8%. What will be the efficiency off the system.

Q.3 Sketch, label and describe the Inert Gas System used on a Crude Oil Tanker.

Q.4 a) What is ship sweat and cargo sweat? (Marks 10)

b) What precautions will you take to protect steel cargo from condensation damage at sea. (Marks 15)

Q.5 With respect to IMDG code, Explain: (Marks 15)

i) Segregation “Away from” ii) UN No. iii) Stowage
iv) EmS v) MFAG
b) With respect to the carriage of dangerous cargo, explain: (Marks 10)
i) Segregation table ii) Marking iii) Labelling iv) Placarding

Q.6 a) What are the hazards associated with the carriage of Coal cargoes? (Marks 15)
b) What precautions are to be taken while carrying coal cargo? (Marks 10)

Q.7 As per Code of Safe Practice for Ship’s Carrying Timber Deck Cargo, what are the recommendations for
Stowage, Lashing and securing of Timber Deck Cargo? Explain with suitable sketches.

Q.8 a) Describe the different types of slings used for cargo handling. (Marks 15)
b) Explain the information provided on the CSC plate of Containers. (Marks 10)

Q.9 a) What are Frozen, Chilled and Cold cargo? (Marks 15)
b) What precautions to be taken for preparing a compartment to receive Refrigerated cargo? (Marks 10)

Q.10 a) Write a short note on Dock Safety Regulations. (Marks 15)

b) List all checks you will do prior putting a cargo gear for use for lifting heavy lifts. (Marks 10)

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th September-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

3. All questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 marks each.)

Q.1 A box shaped tank barge measuring 23m x 19.6m x 14.6m (L x B x D) is loaded 84% at
19OC. 1,876.45 mt of the oil is delivered to a ship immediately. Find the minimum & the
maximum ullage if this barge has to operate in a temperature range of 9OC & 47OC. The ullage
port is located 1.27m above the top of the tank. Oil density is 865.7 kgs/m3 in vacuum at 15OC.

Q.2 a) In a wire rope, 6 x 36, diameter 20 mm, 22 individual wires were found broken in a
length of 120mm. will you accept or reject this wire rope? Show calculations and give reasons
for your answer. (Marks 10)
b) Using GYN tackle, what size of wire rope of 6 x 24 should be used to lift a weight of 9 MT?
(Marks 15)

Q.3 Describe the construction and working principle with a neat sketch for the following:
a) P/V Breaker (Marks 10)
b) Wet type deck seal unit (Marks 15)

Q.4 a) Explain the following: SLOP TANKS, COW, ROB, Load on Top.

Q.5 With respect to IMDG code, Explain:

i) Segregation “Away from” ii) UN No. iii) Stowage
iv) EmS v) MFAG

Q.6 a) Write short notes on DOA (Document of Authorization) as per Grain Code and the
conditions which must be fulfilled to load bulk grain without DOA. (Marks 10)
b) Enumerate how a ship’s hold will be prepared to load grain? (Marks 15)
Q.7 a) Describe in detail hazards of carriage of solid bulk cargoes as in IMSBC Code
(International Maritime Solid Bulk Code). (Marks 15)
b) Explain Liquefaction and Transportable Moisture Limit. How should a can test may be
done? (Marks 10)

Q.8 a) Describe how location of a particular container is designated on a container ship by

suitable sketches. (Marks 15)
b) Write short note on CSC plate of a container. (Marks 10)

Q.9 a) Describe precautions to load heavy deck cargo with heavy lift. What action should be
taken in case of blackout on ship during such work. (Marks 15)
b) Explain benefits of using dunnage materials for stowing various cargoes on deck or inside
holds. (Marks 10)

Q.10 a) Write contents and endorsements of the Chain Register. (Marks 15)
b) What is the purpose of Enhanced Survey and when ships are required to adopt this survey.
(Marks 10)

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th Aug-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A triangular shaped tank has a base 8m x 8m x 10m and height of 12m. Oil of density 0.872 at
15OC (in vaccum) is to be loaded at 20OC. A minimum ullage of 0.2m is required at all times. If the
maximum temperature expected during the voyage is 42OC, what should be the ullage at loading
port. What is the ratio of empty space to filled space in the tank at the loading port? (Use ASTM
table).

Q.2 A hold 10 x 10 x 9m is to be loaded with steel plates (SF 2.05m3/t) and steel coils (SF 1.86m3/t). If
the load density of the tank top is 4.5t/m2. Calculate:
a) How many tonnes of each cargo can be loaded?
b) The height of both types of cargo.

Q.3 Explain the purpose, precautions, advantages and disadvantages of crude oil washing on a tanker
ship.

Q.4 Describe the precautions associated with the carriage of the liquefied gas cargo with regards to
IGC code.

Q.5 a) State the various classes of Dangerous goods as per IMDG code. (10 Marks)
b) Describe the use of segregation tables as per IMDG. How are various classes of dangerous good
segregated? (15 Marks)

Q.6 Write short notes on the following:

i) Strapping and Lashing ii) Bundling iii) Document of Authorization
(25 Marks)

Q.7 What are the stability criteria for loading timber cargo? Explain how you will lash the timber
cargo on deck as a duty officer. (25 Marks)

Q.8 What precautions will you take prior loading during loading & while carrying out Heavy Lift cargo.
(25 Marks)

Q.9 What is Bay Plan. How will you lash containers on deck. Explain with the Diagram.

Q.10 What are the hazards associated with Sulphur? What are the precautions to be taken during its
carriage.

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 15th July-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A compartment 18m x 14m x 6m has a permissible load density of 6t/m 2, steel billets of S.F. 0.5m3/t, B.S.
8% and general cargo of S.F. 3.5m3/t, B.S. 10%, are to be loaded there in to fill available space. Find the
maximum quantity of steel billets that can be loaded and the quantity of over stowed general cargo so that no
space is left unoccupied and load density is not exceeded.

Q.2 A dimension of tank 35m x 21m x 16m, has to be loaded with crude oil at 25 deg Celsius. It is desired to
leave 3% of the volume of oil loaded for expansion when maximum temperature is 44 deg Celsius. (Density of
oil = 0.8475 @ 15 deg Celsius in Vacuum).
Calculate the following:
a) Mass of the oil loaded.
b) Ullage at load port.
c) Ullage in the tank when temperature rises to 32 deg Celsius.

Q.3 Sketch and describe flammable range diagram. Explain the rescue and procedure for inerting a Cargo
Tank?

Q.4 Describe the following with respect to LPG tanker.

a) Hazards and their control measures. (Marks 20)
b) Personal Protection requirements with regards to IGC Code? (Marks 10)

Q.5 a) List the information available from the IMDG code? Explain how does this information help in the safe
loading of dangerous goods? (Marks 15)
b) With respect to the IMDG code, explain the following with sketches as applicable:
i) away from ii) separated from iii) Separated by a complete compartment or held. (Marks 10)

Q.6 a) What are the hazards and associated precautions associated with solid bulk cargoes? (Marks 10)
b) Describe hazards associated with Transportation of Coal in Bulk. (Marks 15)

Q.7 As per BLU Code (Code of practice for the safe Loading and unloading of Bulk carrier) prepare a ship /
shore safety checklist for loading a dry bulk cargo carrier.

Q.8 a) Sketch and describe a bay plan of a container ship. (10 Marks)
b) Describe the lashing and securing systems on container ships. (15 Marks)
Q.9 What factors should be considered prior loading deck cargo? List the equipment used for securing cars on
deck.

Q.10 a) List the contents of register of lifting appliances and cargo handling gear (Chain register) .
(10 Marks)
b) Explain the causes of corrosion in cargo and ballast tanks. (15 Marks)

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th April-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A cylindrical tank of diameter 8m is 10m high. 400 tonnes of oil of density 0.900 @ 15 OC in vaccum is to be
loaded at in the tank at 28OC. Find the ullage at load port and ullage during the voyage – if its temperature
rises to 38OC. (Given ∏ = 3.1416) (Use ASTM table).

Q.2 A cargo hold of dimension (20m x 15m x 9.05m) was loaded with 50 machinery cases of dimensions (1.5m
x 1.3m x 2m) with a Broken stowage of 20% and 200 tonnes of cotton bales (SF 2.5m 3/t + BS 10%). Prior
loading, a layer of dunnage 5 cm high on tank top and side battens extending 20 cm from ship side were
arranged in the hold. Find weight and number of jute bales (SF 1.6m3/t + BS 0%) can be loaded in remaining
space – if each jute bale weighs 500 Kg.

Q.3 What respect to an oil tanker explain:

a) Ring main system b) Static accumulation c) Deck Seal unit

Q.4 a) Explain the aim and purpose of IGC Code and hazards associated with carriage of liquefied gases at sea.
(Marks 15)
b) Describe types of Gas Tankers and different methods of liquefactions of gas on tankers. (Marks 10)

Q.5 a) State the various classes of Dangerous goods as per IMDG Code. (Marks 10)
b) Describe the use of segregation tables as per IMDG. How are various classes of dangerous good
segregated? (Marks 15)

Q.6 You are going to load zinc concentrate in bulk left in the open on the jetty. What precautions you will take
to load it? What various risks are associated with Zinc concentrate?

Q.7 Describe the hazards associated for stowage, lashing and securing of Timber Deck cargoes as set out in
Code of Safe Practices of ships carrying Timber Deck Cargoes.

Q.8 a) Sketch and describe securing and lashing arrangement of container. (Marks 15)
b) Describe the procedure for closing and securing of bow doors on a Ro-Ro vessel. (Marks 10)

Q.9 a) What are the precautions to be observed before loading heavy lift using ships gear? (Marks 15)
b) When will you condemn a wire rope? (Marks 10)

Q.10 During your hold inspection after discharge of cargo on a bulk carrier, you find 9 rungs on the hold ladder
broken & 2 deep indentations having dimensions of 1m x 1m each on the hopper side. How would you make a
stevedore damage report?

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd March-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).
Q.1 A tank measuring 21 m x 15 m x 16 m has an ullage port extending 1.0 m above the top of the tank. It is to
be loaded with crude oil at 23 deg Celsius. 3% of the tank volume is to be left for expansion when maximum
temperature expected during the voyage is 42 deg Celsius. (Density of oil = 0.81 @ 15 deg Celsius in Vacuum)
(Use ASTM tables).
Find the: a) Mass of oil loaded b) Ullage at load port
Q.2 A weight of 15 T is to be lifted using a 2 fold purchase rigged to disadvantage. The hauling part of this
purchase is secured to the moving block of a Gun tackle rigged to advantage. Calculate:
a) Effort required to lift the load.
b) Efficiency of the System.
c) Size of Polypropylene rope acquired for the Gun tackle.
(Given – Factor of Safety: 6, Friction: 10% of weight per sheave, Velocity Ratio of System equals product of
individual Velocity Ratios).
Q.3 a) Prepare a simple sketch of pipelines on an oil tanker.
b) What are the precaution for crude oil washing?
Q.4 a) What are the hazards associated with carriage of chemical cargoes by sea? (10 marks)
b) Describe the various categories of chemical cargoes transported in bulk by sea. Give one example of each.
(15 marks)
Q.5 a) What precautions have to be observed while loading / discharging explosives in packaged form?
(10 marks)
b) With respect to the IMDG code, explain the following with sketches as applicable:
i) Away from ii) Separated From iii) Separated by A Complete Compartment or Hold. (15 marks)
Q.6 a) As per IMSBC Code, explain the associated hazards, precautions to be observed loading and
transportation of high density cargoes. (15 marks)
b) Describe the hazards associated with carriage of grain in bulk. (10 marks)
Q.7 As per Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargo, what are the recommendations for
stowage, lashing and securing of Timber deck cargo? Explain with suitable sketches.
Q.8 a) With regards to container markings, describe: (10 marks)
i) Container Number ii) CSC Safety Approval Plate
b) Sketch and describe following types of Containers: (15 marks)
i) General Purpose ii) Tank
Q.9 State the preparations and precautions to be observed for transporting a refrigerated cargo of on a reefer
ship:
a) Preparation of holds b) Inspection of the cargo c) Purpose of temperature recording.
Q.10 a) Write short notes on Dock Safety Regulations. (15 marks)
b) As officer in charge of cargo watch, what are the checks you will perform on cargo gear prior allowing it’s
use? (10 marks)
*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 12th January-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A cargo ship lower hold 30m long x 25m wide x 10m deep, with permissible load density 5T/m2
and bale capacity 6750m3 is to be loaded with Cotton Bales (SF 3.0) over steel billets (SF 0.8) so as to
maximize freight. Calculate the maximum cargo that can be loaded.

Q.2 a) In a wire rope, 6 x 36, diameter 20mm, 22 individual wires were found broken in a length of
120 mm. Will you accept or reject this wire rope? Show calculations and give reasons for your
answer.
b) Using LUFF tackle, what is the smallest size of wire rope to be used to lift a weight of 10 MT?

Q.3 With suitable sketches, write short notes on:

a) PV breaker b) Wet type seal unit

Q.4 a) Write short notes on: (i) Tank cleaning in chemical tankers (ii) Pumping arrangement of gas
tankers. (15 Marks)
b) Define category “Y” & category “Z” NLS as per MARPOL Annex – II. (10 Marks)

Q.5 a) What are different classes as per IMDG Code? Write all from Class 1 to 9.
b) Write a short note on hold ventilation and purpose it serves.

Q.6 a) Explain in detail hazards associated with carriage of BULK GRAIN.

b) Define angle of Repose and draw its neat labeled sketch.

Q.7 a) Explain in details the hazards associated with loading COAL in bulk.
b) Explain the hazards of loading timber deck cargoes.

Q.8 a) On a RO-RO vessel, what are all the precautions that must be taken while loading cars?
b) Write a short note on permissible load density (P.L.D.) of a deck and its units.

Q.9 a) Write short notes on frozen goods and chilled goods on refrigerated ships.
b) Describe briefly how would you prepare a reefer compartment for loading.

Q.10 a) Explain how & why Damage Report shall be made and what is the purpose it serves.
(10 Marks)
b) As per Dock Labour act define: (15 Marks)
i) Lifting Appliances
ii) Dangerous Cargo
iii) Explain the testing frequency of lifting appliance.

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd December-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A box shaped tank of dimensions 20m x 16m x 16m is to be loaded with crude oil density 0.88
t/m3 at 15OC in vacuum, Ullage of 1.5m has to be left for expansion, as maximum temperature was
41OC, expected during the voyage, the ullage pipe is extending 1.0m above the top of the tank. Find
the mass of oil loaded and ullage of the tank if cargo temperature was 25OC at load port. (Use ASTM
Tables).

Q.2 A 3 fold purchase is used to advantage to lift a weight of 2 Tons. If 6 x 37 size wire rope is used,
find the stress on the hauling part and also the minimum size of the rope (Assume friction to be 10%
per sheave, Assume factor of safety as 5).

Q.3 a) Explain the uses of following gas measuring instruments and how do they contribute towards
safety of the ship and human lives on board a tanker:
(i) Explosimeter (ii) Tank Scope (iii) Oxygen analyzer (iv) Multi Gas Detector
b) Describe advantages and disadvantages of Crude Oil Washing.

Q.4 Explain the hazards & precautions related to sea transport of Chemical Cargoes.

Q.5 a) List the preparations of Cargo space and Precautions to be observed during loading of IMDG
cargo.
b) Write short notes on the following: i) MFAG ii) EMS

Q.6 a) On a ship carrying cargo of coal, what are the various assessments, observations and
recordings carried out during carriage at sea. How are they done and what is their purpose?
b) Describe the hazards & precautions related to sea transport of concentrates.

Q.7 a) Describe securing of locomotive on a multipurpose ship.

b) With regards to IMSBC Code define the following:-
i) Angle of Repose ii) flow moisture point iii) Flow State iv) Transportable moisture limit.

Q.8 Explain all the factors in details which affect the stowage of containers onboard.

Q.9 a) List the preparations of hold to be carried out prior loading Refrigerated cargo.
b) Explain the purpose of the following:
i) Recording compartment temperatures. ii) Brine traps

Q.10 a) What safety checks you will perform on the cargo gears prior use?
b) Write short notes on Dock Safety Regulations.

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 10th November-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A tank with a constant surface are and 10 m depth has a volume of 9000m3. Oil of RD 0.87 at
20OC is to be loaded at 18OC. It is required to ensure that a minimum ullage of 0.22m is maintained
during the voyage. If the maximum temperature during the voyage is expected to be 42 OC and the
correction factor for RD is 0.0006 per degrees Celsius, find a) the ullage on completion of loading at
load port and b) the percentage volume of tank left at load port after loading for expansion.

Q.2 a) In a wire rope (6 x 36, Dia 14mm) 10 wire strands were found broken in a length of 110mm.
Will you reject or accept this wire?
b) Using a threefold purchase, what is the smallest size of wire you would use to lift a weight of 10
tones?

Q.3 Draw the diagram where appropriate and explain following:

a) Flammability diagram
b) Tank Scope
c) Use of oxygen analyser.

Q.4 What information is provided on Material Safety Data Sheet and also explains various categories
of cargoes on chemical tankers?

Q.5 What is IMDG code and what are the general precautions when carrying dangerous goods?

Q.6 Explain securing arrangement for a partly filled compartment when carrying Grain in Bulk with
diagram?

Q.7 How does IMSBC code divide various groups of cargoes? What all things are required to be
checked before accepting and loading a cargo?

Q.8 a) What are torsional stresses and how can be compensated?

b) Describe how the containers are loaded, secured and lashed.

Q.9 What precautions would you take while loading explosives on a general cargo vessel.

Q.10 How will you ensure that hatch covers are maintained weather tight/ water-tight?

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th October-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A tank of dimension 25 m x 18 m x 15 m is to be loaded with crude oil at 27 deg Celsius. It is desired to
leave 2% of the volume of oil loaded for expansion when maximum temperature is 41 deg Celsius. (Density of
oil = 0.825 @ 15 deg. Celsius in Vacuum). (Use ASTM Tables).
Calculate the following:
a) Mass of oil loaded.
b) Ullage at load port.
c) Ullage in the tank when temperature rises to 38 deg Celsius.

Q.2 A derrick fitted with 2-fold purchase used to advantage is to lift a load of 26 T. The cargo runner wire is
rove through the lead blocks on derrick head and heal on the way to the winch. What will be the size of wire
(6 x 24) to be used when Factor of Safety is 6 & Friction is 8%? What will be the efficiency of the system?

Q.3 Write short notes on any two of the following (with sketches as applicable):
a) Flammability Diagram
b) PV Breaker
c) Centrifugal Pumps

Q.4 a) Explain the precautions to be taken in gas tankers with respect to IGC Code.
b) Define Category “Y” & Category ”Z” NLS as per MARPOL Annex II.

Q.5 With respect to IMDG code, explain the following:

a) Dangerous Goods Manifest
b) MFAG
c) EmS

Q.6 With respect to IMO Grain Regulations, explain the following with suitable sketches:
a) Strapping / Lashing
b) Bundling
c) Saucering

Q.7 As per IMSBC Code, explain the associated hazards, precautions to be observed while loading and
transportation of the coal cargoes.

Q.8 a) Sketch and describe the various types of lashing material used for securing containers? (10 Marks)
b) List the precautions to be taken for safe stowage and securing of vehicles on Ro-Ro ships. (15 Marks)

Q.9 What precautions will you take prior loading, while loading and during carriage of heavy lift cargoes?

Q.10 a) With reference to Dock Labor Regulations, describe the following: (15 marks)
i) Authorized Person ii) Competent Person iii) Responsible Person
b) Explain the need for periodical inspection and load testing of cargo gear. How frequently should such
inspections and tests be conducted? (10 marks)
*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th March-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 An oil tanker is loading at 35OC in a tank of dimensions L = 25m, B = 20m and D=18m. On completion of
loading the ullage of cargo in tank was observed to be 1.85m, the ullage port is located on the centerline just
fwd of the aft bulkhead, and is 1m above the tank top. Calculate the quantity of the cargo in the tank if the
density of the oil at 15OC in vacuum was 0.7850t/m3.

Q.2 Using ‘6’ as the ‘factor of safety’ a gyn tackle can safely lift a load of 7 tonnes. What would be the
maximum weight that can be lifted, if the same wire was used in a gun tackle?

Q.3 With the help of sketches describe the direct line system of crude oil tanker give the advantages of the
system over ring main system.

Q.4 a) Describe the different types of gas carriers.

b) State the various hazards associated with the gas cargoes and the precautions necessary.

Q.5 a) Describe IMDG Dangerous Cargo Manifest.

b) What are the general precautions to be taken while loading explosives on board?

Q.6 Describe the preparations of hold for loading bulk grain. What are the hazards associated with such
cargoes?

Q.7 Write short notes on the following:

a) TML as per IMSBC code.
b) Cargo securing manual
c) Hazards of carriage of timber cargoes.

Q.8 a) Draw and explain the arrangements of container stowage using bay plan.
b) Describe various lashing material used in securing containers on the container vessel.

Q.9 What are the precautions will you take prior loading, during loading and while carrying heavy lift cargoes?

Q.10 a) List the contents of chain register in detail?

b) What will you do when a heavy lift is lifted by the ship’s crane above the deck & there is black out?

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 10th January-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A rectangular FO wing tank (15m long, 10m wide and 10m high) fitted with an ullage port extending 1m
above deck and loaded with FO density at 15OC in vacuum 0.8650 t/m3. After loading ullage was found to be
2.2m at observed temperature 40OC. Find the maximum and minimum ullages during the voyage if the tank is
first allowed to cool down to 30OC and then heated up to 50OC.

Q.2 a) M.V. Hindship arrived in SW with the following drafts: F(P) 8.31m, F(S) 8.15m, M(P) 8.73m, M(S) 8.49m,
A (P) 9.02m, A (S) 8.82m. Calculate her arrival displacement. (5 Marks)
b) Find the efficiency and size of Terylene rope to be used in a gyn tackle to advantage when used to lift a load
of 2.5 mt, (friction 8% per sheave) what is the smallest purchase used to disadvantage that could be used to
lift a 8 ton package received with a wire rope of SWL 2.80 tonnes.

Q.3 a) Sketch and explain the flammability diagram. (5 + 4 marks)

b) Explain the functioning of following with necessary sketch (any 2): (8x2 = 16 marks)
i) Deck seal ii) P/V valve iii) P/V breaker

Q.4 Discuss the pre-wash, cleaning and disposal procedure (CDP) in context of the P & A Manual for noxious
liquid substances.

Q.5 With respect to IMDG Code, how will you find the hazards associated with packaged goods and the
precautions you will take while on cargo watch during loading of that cargo?

Q.6 a) Briefly describe the contents and use of the Cargo Securing Manual.
b) Enumerate the precautions required.

Q.7 a) What is Timber Deck Cargo? (5)

b) What preparations are required prior loading timber deck cargo? (10)
c) What checks are required on loaded passage carrying timber deck cargo? (10)

Q.8 With respect to containers explains followings:

i) Marking on CSC Plate b) Stake weight c) Open top & Flat rack containers

Q.9 What factors should be considered prior loading deck cargoes? List the equipment used for securing
heavy trailers on deck and explain the securing with the help of a sketch.

Q.10 a) Describe the care and maintenance off topping lifts, cargo runners and cargo blocks of cargo handling
cranes.
b) Prepare an enclosed space entry checklist for entry into the fore peak tank for inspection.

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th Nov-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 An oil tanker has a tank measuring length 35m, breadth 22m and depth 16m. It is loading crude oil at
30OC, leaving 2% of the volume of oil for expansion at all times. The ullage pipe is 1.2m above the tank top. If
the Maximum temperature of oil during the voyage is expected to reach 38 OC, calculate the quantity of oil
loaded and the ullage at the load port. The density of oil is 0.8150 at 15OC in vacuum.

Q.2 A two fold purchase is used to disadvantage to lift a load of 6 tons using nylon rope. Find the following:
i) Effort ii) Efficiency of the system iii) Size of the rope. Friction is to be assumed at 12% per sheave
and factor of safety – 6.

Q.3 With suitable sketch describes the followings:

a) Deck water sel of IG plant b) Ring main cargo piping system.

Q.4 a) Define four categories of NLS. What are the discharge criteria of category X cargo?
b) What are the hazards associated with carriage of gas cargoes.

Q.5 With reference to IMDG Code, explain following:

i) Classification of dangerous goods ii) Stowage and segregation iii) EMS iv) MFAG

Q.6 i) What is ‘Angle of Repose’? What is the importance of Angle of Repose?

ii) Explain saucering for securing bulk grain cargoes filled in and trimmed compartment.

Q.7 Differentiate between following:

i) Cargo sweat and Ship sweat ii) Stowage factor and Load density iii) TML & FMP
iv) SWL and Proof load.

Q.8 With respect to containers explain followings:

i) Marking on CSC Plate b) Stake weight c) Open top & Flat rack containers.

Q.9 State the procedures for the preparations, stowage and carriage of refrigerated cargo.

Q.10 Describe the procedure for entering a cargo tank in a VLCC after completing discharge of crude oil.

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th Sept-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A tank measuring 20m X 12m X 15m contains un-pumpable oil of 5m3 on Arrival. Crude oil of density 0.86
@15OC (in vacuum) is to be loaded. 2% of the tank volume is to be left for expansion. Loading temperature is
27OC & maximum temperature excepted during the voyage is 45OC. Find:-
a) Ullage of tank on completion of loading.
b) Amount of cargo loaded.

Q.2 Hold dimensions are l = 30m, b = 22m, grain capacity = 6600m3, bale capacity = 6200m3 is loaded fully
with bulk grain of stowage factor 1.8m3/t as declared by the shipper. The grain however was loaded with the
broken stowage of 9%. This grain was filled up in the bags, each of 50kg. If this way the resultant stowage
factor obtained was 2.1, calculate:
a) What was the quantity of bulk grain?
b) How many bags were filled up from above grain?
c) How many bags were finely loaded to fill up the hold?

Q.3 a) Give the various points of the Ship Shore Safety Check List as used on Oil Tankers?
b) Enumerate the procedure for preparing crude oil cargo tanks for routing inspection?

Q.4 Describe the Re-liquefaction system on a gas carrier. What are all hazards associated with the carriage of
gas cargoes?

Q.5 In the IMDG code, what is the purpose of segregation table? List and describe the various segregation
terms used in the IMDG code.

Q.6 What are the hazards associated with loading and carriage of sulphur cargoes? What are the associated
precautions to be taken?

Q.7 Write short notes on:

a) Document of Compliance
b) Cargo Securing Manual
c) EMS

Q.8 a) How will you prepare the car decks for the loading of trailers and vehicles?
b) Describe the various lashing materials used in securing containers on a container vessel.

Q.9 State the provisions of the Dock Safety Regulation with respect to:
a) Access to the ship b) Initial testing of lifting gear
c) Chain Register d) Annual through Examination of lifting gear

Q.10 While making Stevedore’s damage report on a vessel after discharging heavy lift, which items in the hold
are to be checked?

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 12h July-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A tank measuring 21 m X 15 m X 16 m has an ullage port extending 1.0 m above the top of the tank. It is to be
loaded with crude oil at 23 deg Celsius. 3% of the tank volume is to be left for expansion when maximum temperature
expected during the voyage is 42 deg Celsius. (Density of oil = 0.81 @ 15 deg Celsius in Vacuum).
(Use ASTM tables)
Find the:
a) Mass of oil loaded.
b) Ullage at load port.

Q.2 A derrick fitted with 2-fold purchase used to advantage is to lift a load of 26 T. The cargo runner wire is rove through
the lead blocks on derrick head and heel on the way to the winch. What will be the size of wire (6 X 24) to be used when
Factor of Safety is 6 and Friction is 8%. What will be the efficiency of the system?

Q.3 Sketch, label and describe the Inert Gas System used on a Crude Oil Tanker.

Q.4 a) What are the hazards associated with carriage of liquefied gas cargoes by sea?
b) Describe the various categories of chemical cargoes transported in bulk by sea. Give two examples of each.

Q.5 a) What precautions have to be observed while loading / discharging explosives in packaged form? (10 marks)
b) With respect to the IMDG code, explain the following with sketches as applicable:
i) Away From ii) Separated from iii) Separated by A Complete Compartment or Hold. (15 marks)

Q.6 As per IMSBC Code, explain the associated hazards, precautions to be observed while loading and transportation of
coal cargoes.

Q.7 As per Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargo, what are the recommendations for stowage,
lashing and securing of Timber deck cargo? Explain with suitable sketches.

Q.8 a) With regards to container markings, describe: (10 marks)

(i) Container Number (ii) CSC Safety Approval Plate
b) Sketch and describe the following types of containers: (15 marks)
(i) General Purpose (ii) Tank

Q.9 What precautions will you take prior loading, while loading and during carriage off heavy lift cargoes?

Q.10 a) With reference to Dock Labor Regulations, describe the following: (15 marks)
i) Authorized Person ii) Competent Person iii) Responsible Person
b) Explain the need for periodical inspection and load testing of cargo gear. How frequently should such inspections and
tests be conducted? (10 marks)

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 09th May-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A two fold purchase, rigged to disadvantage, is loaded with 8T, the hauling part of which is connected to a GUN
tackle, rigged to advantage. Find:-
a. Effort
b. Efficiency of the system
c. Minimum size of wire rope for two fold purchase and size of nylon rope for gun tackle Friction 10%, safety factor 6.

Q.2 Using ‘6’ as the ‘factor of safety’ a Gyn tackle can safely lift a maximum load of 7 tonnes. What would be the
maximum weight that can be lifted, if the same wire was used in a gun tackle?

Q.3 Draw a block diagram of IGS and explain its components.

Q.4 a. Draw and describe independent Type A tank of a gas tanker.

b. As duty officer what hazards are you likely to experience during loading of NLS on chemical tankers.

Q.5 a. Enumerate powers of dock safety inspector as per Dock Labor Regulations.
b. Write short notes on Mates Receipt & Bill of Lading.

Q.6 a. Write the contents of IMDG Code Supplement, describing in detail the EMS and MFAG.
b. State the dangers of loading iron ore in bulk and what precautions need to be taken while loading heavy bulk cargo as
enumerated in IMSBC (Solid Bulk Code).

Q.7 a. Write notes on D.O.A. (Document of authorization) of Grain Code.

b. Define Angle of Repose, and how it affects bulk grain? Draw and briefly describe one method of securing free grain
surface in a partly filled hold.

Q.8 a. Describe main hazard on a RO – RO vessel and give reasons for same.
b. Write short notes on CSC plate of a container, and the information it shows.

Q.9 a. Describe in detail how will hold preparation for reefer ships be carried out?
b. What are the main hazards of TIMBER deck cargoes?

Q.10 a. What purpose does ENHANCE survey serve and which type of vessels are subject to it.
b. Explain the importance of hold inspection after a cargo is discharged to find if any damage is done by stevedores.

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 11th March-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO OPERATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any Six out of Eight Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A tank of length 32m x 18m x 115m contains water to a sounding of 10 cms. Crude oil of density 0.8350 at 15 OC in
vacuum was loaded in the tank at 25OC and 3% of the volume of oil loaded was left empty for expansion throughout the
voyage. If maximum temperature during the voyage is 34OC, find (i) the ullage at load port; (ii) the quantity of the cargo
loaded.

Q.2 A load of 5 tons is to be lifted by a gyn tackle rigged to advantage. The hauling part of this purchase rigged to the
moving block of a gun tackle used to disadvantage using nylon rope. Calculate the size of nylon rope which has to be
used for the gun tackle and the efficiency of the system. Friction is to be assumed at 12% per sheave and factor of safety
= 6.

Q.3 Describe, with sketch, pipeline arrangement in Crude oil carrier.

Q.4 What is the importance of Cargo Securing Manual? Write its contents. With reference to it, explain the procedure
for safe stowage and securing of heavy lifts on deck.

Q.5 What are the objectives of IMDG Code? With reference to IMDG Code explain: (i) Segregation table: (ii) labelling;
(iii) Marking, (iv) Placarding.

Q.6 (i) What is ‘Angle of Repose’? What is the importance of Angle of Repose?
(ii) Next cargo to load on board is wheat in bulk. Explain the preparation of holds and hazards involved.

Q.7 Describe the correct stowage, lashings and securing of the deck cargo of a timber carrier as per Code of Safe
Practice for Ships carrying Timber deck cargoes.

Q.8 What is ‘Bay plan’ on a container ship? Explain with suitable sketch the securing of containers on deck and in the
hold. What markings are to be displayed on CSC plate?

Q.9 Explain the difference between “Frozen” & ”Chilled” cargo giving some examples. What precautions will you
observe before and during loading of refrigerated cargoes and also state the care taken during the voyage?

Q.10 As a duty officer explain the importance of checking cargo hold after completion of discharge. What actions will
you take if any damage is noticed?

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 08th Jan-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO HANDLING & STOWAGE AT OPERATIONAL LEVEL
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any 6 out of 8 Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A ship with maximum displacement 15700mt is arriving at load port with 125mt of bunkers and 25mt of fresh water.
Light ship weight is 3980mt. She has to receive 1300mt bunkers and 250mt of fresh water. Light ship weight is 3980mt.
She has 5 holds each 20 x 14 x 10m and load density 7.5t/m2. She has to load iron ore cargo with SF 0.6m3/t. Find
maximum quantity of cargo that can be loaded.

Q.2 A weight of 10T is to be lifted using a two fold purchase rigged to disadvantage. The hauling part of this purchase is
secured to the moving block of a gun tackle rigged to advantage.
Calculate:
a) Effort required to lift the load.
b) Efficiency of the system.
c) Size of Nylon rope required for the 2 fold purchase.
(Given : Factor of safety – 6, Friction – 10% of weight per sheave, Velocity Ratio of System equals product of individual
velocity ratios)

Q.3 Why is inerting carried out on oil tankers? Describe the inert gas system with diagram on an oil tanker.

Q.4 What are the hazards associated with NLS? Describe the precautions to be observed during cargo operations of NLS
substance in port?

Q.5 a) State the various classes of Dangerous goods as per IMDG code.
b) Describe the use of segregation tables as per IMDG. How are various classes of dangerous good segregated?

Q.6 What precautions will you take for loading heavy density cargo in Bulk as a duty officer?

Q.7 What are the stability criteria for loading timber cargo? Explain how you will lash the timber cargo on deck as a duty
officer.

Q.8 What is bay plan, how will you lash the containers on deck? Explain with diagram.

Q.9 Briefly explain how will you go about planning the stow of a heavy lift cargo.

Q.10 What are the main causes of corrosion in cargo and ballast spaces? How will you identify and prevent reduce
corrosion.

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 08th Nov-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO HANDLING & STOWAGE AT OPERATIONAL LEVEL
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory
2. Attempt any 6 out of 8 Questions
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 An oil tanker has a tank dimensions 28m x 20m x 9m is loading oil at 28 OC. It is decided to leave 3% of the volume of
the oil for expansion at all times. The ullage pipe is 1.2m above the top of the tank. If the maximum temperature of oil
during the voyage is expected to reach 38OC. Calculate the quantity of oil and final ullage at load port assuming that the
vessel is at even keel on completion. Given that density of oil at 15OC = 0.8545 (use ASTM tables).

Q.2 A weight of 13T is to be filled using a 2 fold purchase rigged to disadvantage. The hauling part of this purchase is
secured to the moving block of a Gun tackle rigged to advantage. Calculate:
a) Effort required to lift the load
b) Efficiency of the system
c) Size of Nylon rope required for the Gun tackle.

Q.3 Why is inerting carried out on oil tankers? Describe the full procedure of inert gas system with diagram on an oil
tanker.

Q.4 What are the hazards associated with NLS substances? Describe the precautions to be observed during cargo
operations of NLS substance in port?

Q.5 With respect to IMDG Cargo briefly explain:

a) Stowage b) Segregation “Away from” c) UN Number d) MFAG e) EMS

Q.6 What are the hazards associated with grain cargo. With respect to Grain Code, explain with neat sketch, any one
method of ensuring that the effect of grain shifting inside a partly loaded compartment cannot endanger the vessel.

Q.7 What are the hazards associated with timber deck cargo? State the required preparations before commencing to load
timber on deck and on hatch coming.

Q.8 a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of containerization?

b) Describe the various lashing materials used in securing containers on a container vessel.

Q.9 What preparations will you make prior to loading refrigerated cargo? What are the procedure to be followed for
maintaining the temperature?

Q.10 a) Write short notes on inspection and detection of defects in cargos spaces.
b) How will you check the weather tightness of hatch cover?

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 11th Sept-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CARGO HANDLING & STOWAGE AT OPERATIONAL LEVEL
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory
2. Attempt any 6 out of 8 Questions
3. All Questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 Marks each).

Q.1 A rectangular tank (20m x 15 m x 10.6m) is loaded to ullage of 3.2m with oil of R.D. 0.8502 at 34OC. Find Minimum &
Maximum percentage of filling during the voyage if the temperature changes between 20 OC & 64OC. The ullage pipe
extends 91 centimeters above the top of the tank (Density correction factor 0.0009/OC).

Q.2 Prepare a stowage plan for loading in No. 2 cargo hold based on the details given below: No. 2 LH capacity 1700m 3 and
No. 2 Tween Deck capacity 1410mO are to be loaded and then discharged at Singapore and Hong-Kong in that order. The
area of LH and Tween deck is 15 x 10m. The load density of LH is 8t/m2 and TDK is 5t/m2.
Following cargoes to be loaded:
CARGO S.F. WEIGHT (t) DISCHARGE PORT
Ore 0.5 400 Hong Kong
Gunnies 1.7 500 Hong Kong
Rubber 2.0 100 Hong Kong
Tea Chest 3.0 80 Singapore
Machinery 2.0 70 Singapore
Gunnies 1.7 400 Singapore
In addition to above cargoes, find the maximum amount of optional cargo which can be loaded and its SF so that holds are
full to their capacities.

Q.3 a) List the advantages & disadvantages of Crude Oil Washing.

b) Sketch & label “Wet Type Deck Seal”.

Q.4 Describe the procedure on board a LPG tanker from securing alongside wharf until discharging commences.

Q.5 Write short notes on the following with respect to IMDG code:
a) UN number b) EMS c) Subsidiary risk d) IMDG code supplement.

Q.6 Briefly describe the guidelines given in the IMSBC code regarding loading of bulk cargoes.

Q.7 What factors should be considered prior to loading Deck cargo? Describe with suitable sketch the lashings required for
timber deck cargo.

Q.8 Write short notes on:

a) Stowage factor and broken stowage.
b) Cargo manifest
c) Types, sizes and markings of containers.

Q.9 Give detailed description on hold preparation for carriage of bagged rice cargo. Describe the precautions you will
observe during and after loading.

Q.10 What is the importance of a chain register? What all information should be available for testing and examination of
cargo gears, derricks or cranes?

*************************X***X*************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th July-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory
2. Attempt any six out of Eight Questions
3. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 Marks each.

Q.1 A tank measuring 20m X 12m X 15m contains un-pumpable oil of 10m3 on arrival. Crude oil density 0.85 @
15OC (in vacuum) is to be loaded. 2% of the tank volume is to be left for expansion. Loading temperature is
30OC & maximum temperature excepted during the voyage is 40OC, Find:
a) Ullage of tank on completion of loading.
b) Amount of cargo loaded.

Q.2 a) A gun tackle rigged to advantage is used to lift a load of 3 tonnes. Find out the effort and minimum size
of polypropylene rope required.
b) If the hauling part of this purchase was secured to the moving block of a watch tackle used to disadvantage,
find out the effort required, efficiency of the system and minimum size of nylon rope required for the watch
tackle. (Assume friction as 12% per sheave for both the purchases and use a factor of safety =6)

Q.3 Sketch and describe the general arrangement of oil tanker showing typical location of cargo tanks, slop
tanks, cofferdams and pump room.

Q.4 a) What are the hazards associated with carriage of liquefied gas cargoes?
b) Explain the precautions to be taken in gas tankers with respect to IGC Code?

Q.5 a) Describe IMDG Dangerous Cargo Manifest.

b) Explain Packing, Marking, Labelling and Placarding requirements of dangerous goods in packed form with
respect to IMDG Code.

Q.6 What are the hazards associated with loading and carriage of fertilizers? What are the associated
precautions?

Q.7 Enumerate the information exchange required as per BLU code between the ship and the terminal on a
handy sized bulk carrier upon arrival at load port.

Q.8 a) Describe with the help of diagram how containers are secured on deck.
b) Explain with neat diagram how the position of particular container is designed on a container ship.

Q.9 What precautions will you observe before and during the loading of a refrigerated cargo? State the
difference between ‘Frozen’ and ‘Chilled’ cargoes with examples.

Q.10 a) Before commencing general cargo loading what inspections are to be carried out by the Duty Officer?
b) What will you do when a heavy lift is lifted by the ship’s crane above the deck & there is black out?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th May-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory
2. Attempt any six out of Eight Questions
3. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 Marks each.
Q.1 You have No. 2 lower hold with bale capacity of 3000 CBM and no. 2 tween deck with bale capacity of
2000 CBM to load following cargoes for Singapore and Hong Kong in that order.
Cargoes for Singapore:
200 tonnes cloves in bags with SF 4 cubic meters per tonne
400 tonnes of machinery cases with SF 2 cubic per tonne
Cargoes for Hong Kong:
1000 tonnes of steel coils with SF 1.2 cubic meters per tonne
500 tonnes of tea in chests with SF 3 cubic meters per tonne
100 tonnes package of electronic goods, with SF 3.5 cubic meters per tonne
Make a stowage plan taking into consideration, the safety of the ship and cargo and smooth discharge at the
subsequent ports.

Q.2 A weight of 15t is being lifted by a three-fold purchase, rigged to advantage. What minimum size of 6 x 37
wire rope can be used for the purchase if friction per sheave is 8% of weight? Find the efficiency of the system.

Q.3 Describe briefly below:

a) Precautions during COW.
b) Zero calibration and span adjustment of explosimeter.
c) PV valve and PV breaker.

Q.4 Explain the hazards associated with the carriage of chemical and gas cargoes in tankers.

Q.5 In the IMDG code, what is the purpose of segregation table? List and describe the various segregation
terms used in the IMDG code.

Q.6 What are the hazards associated with coal? What are the precautions to be taken during its carriage?

Q.7 Discuss in details about how the IMSBC code and BLUE code assists the mariner.

Q.8 i) Draw five different types of slings used in cargo handling.

ii) Explain the Bay-Row Tier method of identifying containers on a container vessel.

Q.9 a) Differentiate between ship’s sweat and cargo sweat.

b) A ship is loading rice cargo in winter in U.K. & destination is Mombassa (Kenya). How the ventilation is to be
carried out for this cargo while on passage.

Q.10 Explain the purpose of ‘enhanced survey programme’, CAS and CAP. How it helps detecting and
rectifying damages within cargo holds?
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9th March-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory
2. Attempt any six out of Eight Questions
3. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 Marks each.
Q.1 A GYN tackle, the hauling part of which passes through a lead block, rigged to disadvantage is used to lift 8
MT, Find:-
a. Effort
b. Efficiency of system; and
c. Minimum size of wire rope to be used
Friction : 10%, safety factor 6

Q.2 On departure, the ullage of a box shaped bunker tank (L: 26.4m, B: 11.47m & D: 9.13m) was 2.544 m
(temperature 44.3OC), ullage pipe rises 107 cms above the top of the tank.
Enroute she transferred 108 cubic meters of the same oil at 26OC from her storage tank into this tank. Find her
daily consumption if she arrived with 108 mt of oil remaining after sailing for 949 hours. The density of oil is
0.8313 ts/ cu. M at 15OC in vacuum. ASTM tables can be made use of.

Q.3 Enumerate items which duty officers should attend to before during and after completion of loading
operation.

Q.4. a) Explain various methods to control vapor space pressure in gas tanker tanks.
b) Explain briefly NLS Category X and Category Y cargoes as per MARPOL Annex II.

Q.5 In IMDG Code explain briefly the following:

a) Marking, Labelling & Placards.
b) UN No.
c) MFAG

Q.6 Your v/l has just received orders to load a project cargo consisting of heavy duty vehicles on deck.
Describe the hazards associated while loading and the precautions you will observe as an officer of watch on
board the vessel during the loading operations.

Q.7 As per BLUE Code, explain the principle and procedures between the Ship & Terminal prior to cargo
handling.

Q.8 a) With the help of a sketch explain the principle of Bay Row Tier co-ordinates on board a container vessel
in helping to identify the location of containers.
b) Sketch and label the various lashing material used in securing containers.

Q.9 Describe the arrangements made to maintain the watertight integrity on board Ro-Ro vessels as regards
bow, stern and side doors. Also, explain briefly the care and maintenance required for the same.

Q.10 Explain the need for Enhanced Survey Programme (ESP) and also detail the procedure, planning,
documentation and report of ESP?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th January -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Question 1 & 2 are compulsory
2. Attempt any six out of Eight Questions
3. All Questions carry equal marks i.e. 25 Marks each.

Q.1 A triangular shaped tank has a base 8m x 8m x 10m and height of 12m. Oil of density 0.872 at 15OC (in
vacuum) is to be loaded at 20OC. A minimum ullage of 0.2m is required at all times. If the maximum
temperature expected during the voyage is 42OC, what should be the ullage at loading port? What is the ratio
of empty space to filled space in the tank at the loading port (Use ASTM Table)

Q.2 Using ‘6’ as the ‘factor of safety’ a gyn tackle can safely lift a maximum load of 7 tonnes. What would be
the maximum weight that can be lifted, if the same wire was used in gun tackle?

Q.3 Using a block diagram briefly describe the Inert Gas System (IGS) on board oil tankers.

Q.4. a) Explain the different types of Liquefied Gas Carriers.

b) What special type of cargo tanks are found most suitable for LNG carriage? List the reasons for the same.

Q.5 a) How is packing and labelling of dangerous goods to be carried out as per IMDG code?
b) List the classes of dangerous goods as per IMDG Code.

Q.6 With respect to the carriage of grain in bulk, explain

a) Document of Authorization b) Bundling
c) How heeling moments are reduced when loading grain in bulk.

Q.7 As per IMO code of Safe practices for ships carrying solid cargo in bulk:
Describe the precautions to be observed when loading:
a) High Density cargoes b) Concentrates

Q.8 a) How will you prepare the car decks for the loading of trailers and vehicles?
b) Describe the various lashing materials used in securing containers on a container vessel.

Q.9 State the provisions of the Dock Safety Regulation with respect to:
a) Access to the ship b) Initial testing of lifting gear
c) Chain Register d) Annual through Examination of lifting gear

Q.10 While making Stevedore’s damage report on a vessel after discharging heavy lift, which items in the hold
are to be checked?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 10th November-2017
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE FOR PERSONS ON
BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING & STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question No. 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any 6 out of remaining 8 questions.
3. All questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 marks each)

Q.1 A box shaped cargo tank of length 25m x 20m x 15m (L x B x H) is to be loaded ensuring 2%, volume of
tank is always left for expansion. Load port temperature of the cargo is 25 OC and maximum temperature
expected during voyage is 35OC. Given the density of oil at 15OC (in vac.) is 0.8650 t/m3. Find
a) Ullage on departure load port
b) Weight of cargo in air (Assume vessel on even keel / Use ASTM Tables)

Q.2 A ship’s hold has a bale capacity of 500 m3 and a grain capacity of 570 m3 and is filled with maize stowing
at 1.25 m3/t. it is now intended to discharge 100 tonnes of maize and load bagged maize in the same hold.
(B.S. of bagged maize is 11%). The bags are 0.5m x 0.4m x 0.3m and weigh 50 kgs. What is the weight of
bagged maize that can be loaded? (Assume bale capacity to grain capacity ratio constant through the entire
hold)

Q.3 A crude oil tanker has completed discharge of cargo and is now procedure to a layup berth for some hot
work to be carried out in two of her cargo tanks. Describe all the procedures you will follow to prepare the
tanks for man entry. On completion of work how will you prepare the tanks again for loading?

Q.4 Write notes on Chain Register describing the following:- Competent person, Competent Authority,
Responsible person & entries are to be made in Part 1, Part2, Part 3 of the chain register.

Q.5 a. Explain the difference between a weathertight and watertight openings on ship.
b. What are the concents and endorsements of Chain register? What purpose annealing of loose gear
serve?
Q.6 a. Describe shipper’s responsibilities for shipping dangerous goods as per IMDG ccode.
b. Explain the shifting hazard of loading grain in bulk and a method to prevent same in a FULLY filled
hold.

Q.7 a. On a RO-RO vessel, what are all the precautions taken while operating BOW doors?
b. On a REEFER ship what is BRINE TRAP? Make a neat labelled sketch for same.

Q.8 a. What factors must be borne in mind for making a BAY PLAN of a container ship?
b. Write short notes on TARE weight & purpose of check digit of a container serial number.
Q. 9 Describe hazards of carriage of TIMBER deck cargoes. Why those hazards are not present if same cargo is
loaded inside the ship’s hold?

Q.10 Write short notes on EHNAHNCED SURVEY, its objective and brief description on how it is done.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th September-2017
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE FOR PERSONS ON
BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
PAPER: CARGO HANDLING & STOWAGE

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Question No. 1 & 2 are compulsory.
2. Attempt any 6 out of remaining 8 questions.
3. All questions carry equal marks (i.e. 25 marks each)

Q.1 A Tween deck of dimensions 9m x 6m x 4m has a permissible load density of 3.10 t/m 2. Steel pipes (S.F
1.05 m3/t) and lub Oil drums (S.F. 1.85 m3/t) are to be loaded in the tween deck to fill all available space. Find
maximum quantity of steel pipes and drums that can be loaded without exceeding load density?

Q.2 A cylindrical tank of diameter 8m is 10m high 400 tonnes of oil of density 0.900 @ 15 OC in vacuum is to be
loaded in the tank at 28OC. Find the ullage, assuming to be 3.1416. (Use ASTM Tables).

Q.3 Draw label and describe the Inert Gas system used on a crude oil tanker.

Q.4 What are the hazards associated with sea transport of LPG/LNG cargoes in fully refrigerated tankers.

Q.5 A Container loaded ‘on deck’ containing IMDG cargo was found to be dripping some of its cargo. A deck
hand, who went to clean the same, inhaled toxic fumes and collapsed. What actions are required to be taken
on board with respect to safety, health and pollution prevention?

Q.6 a) What are the hazards associated with carriage of concentrates and how these are overcome on board a
general cargo ship.
b) What precautions are stated in the IMSBC code regarding loading of high density cargoes in bulk?

Q.7 Write short notes on a) Cargo securing manual and b) effect of heavy deck cargo on stability of a ship.

Q.8 Describe with the aid of neat and labelled sketches, securing of a locomotive on a multipurpose ship as
per ‘Code of safe practice for cargo stowage and securing’.

Q.9 Describe the various types of containers based on size, material of construction and usage.

Q.10 a) Illustrate parts of a block. What maintenance and inspections should be carried out on a cargo block.
b) Describe the care and maintenance of standing rigging.

*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
 Keep Visiting www.owaysonline.com for latest notes Email:- admin@owaysonline.com
Phone:- 77159 32112

(Paper Format)
Duration: 3 hrs. SECOND MATE (F.G.) Maximum Marks: 200

Pass Marks: 140

CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

Note: 1. Use nautical almanac 1992

2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should be clearly
shown

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE (30 MARKS EACH)

1.

2.

3.

Note: 1 At least one question will have a numerical component.

SECTION II- PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION NO. 4 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS OUT OF REMAINING

FOUR (35 MARKS EACH)

4. STAGGERED / SIMULTANEOUS PLOTS

5. LONG BY CHRON SUN/MOON

6. INTERCEPT METHOD

7. COMPASS ERROR BY ABC TABLES &/OR ERROR BY AMPLITUDE &/OR TIMES OF RISING/
SETTING/ MERIDIAN PASSAGE / MERIDIAN ALTITUDE OF SUN

8. POLARIS / COMPUTATION OF ALTITUDE / EX-MERIDIAN

Please note that the above format is only an indicative of the examination paper. The candidates are advised to
refer to detailed teaching syllabus and the course outline.
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 3rd November-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use NAUTICAL ALMANAC for 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) State Kepler’s laws of planetary motion. (15 marks)
b) Sketch and show Rational Horizon diagram for a rising body whose Decl. is 10’N and observer’s
Lat 20’N. (15 marks)

Q.2 a) Find the ratio of the period of darkness to the period of daylight in latitude 52O 15’N when
the Sun’s declination was 21O 25’S.
b) Calculate the LHA of a star whose RA is 67 O 30’ for an observer in longitude 49O 51’E, when GHA
Aries is 192O 35’?

Q.3 a) On 02nd March 1992, in DR 15O 30’N, 070O 35’W, calculate exact LMT of meridian passage of
star Deneb?
b) An observer in Latitude 61O 51’S sights a star whose declination is 34O 43’S. Find out if this star
will be circumpolar and if so calculate the upper & lower meridian altitudes.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS OUT OF REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 An observation of a heavenly body gave an intercept of 6.7’ towards azimuth 053 O(T). The DR
used for working the sight was 35O 45’ S, 46O 44’E. After this sight the vessel steamed 129O(T) for 45
miles when a second observation was taken which gave Intercept of 3.7’ towards azimuth 318 O(T).
Find the position of the vessel at the time of second observation if the second sight was worked
from I.T.P. run up.

Q.5 A vessel in DR 27O 39.5’ N, 140O 25.5’ W, observes the sextant altitude of Moon’s upper limb to
be 30O 49.2’ at GMT 30th November 1992, 23h 12m 15s. The height of eye of the observer was 20 m
and the Index error of the sextant Nil. Find the position from where the PL passes and the direction
of the PL using longitude by chronometer method.
Q.6 A ship observes the sextant altitude of Venus to be 28O 40.1’ in DR position 35O 18.9’ S, 120O
15.4’ W. The sight was taken at GMT 01st December 03h 36m 19s. Index error of the sextant 0.8’ off
the arc and height of eye 16m. Calculate the Intercept and the direction of position line.

Q.7 a) A vessel in DR position 62O 15’S, 179O 57.7’ E observed the Azimuth of Star Spica to be 312.6 O
(G) at GMT 30th April 13h 00m 05s. Find out the Gyro course to set if the vessel intends to steer
075O(T).
b) In DR Longitude 116O 27’ W, on the 14th of September 1992, the sextant meridian altitude of
Sun’s upper limb was found to be 70O 27.8’ north of the observer. Find the latitude and direction of
the position line if the index error was 1.9’ on the arc and height of eye 20m.

Q.8 On 1st December 1992 in longitude 065O 33.7’ E the sextant altitude of the Pole star was 23O 18’
at GMT 01d 01h 01m 48s. If index error was 0.3’ off the arc & height of eye 23m, find the direction
of the position line and the position through which it passes.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 5th October-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use NAUTICAL ALMANAC for 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) What is international date line? Why is it necessary and how is the date on a ship crossing the
International Date Line on an Easterly course affected?
b) Calculate the duration of astronomical twilight in lat 35deg N on the day of spring (vernal) equinox?

Q.2 Explain how season’s are caused?

Q.3 a) Prove Parallax in Altitude = horizontal parallax X Cos app alt.

b) To an observer, star with declination of 29deg 44.6’S bore south when on the meridian. If its true altitude
when at the maximum azimuth was 26 deg 03’, find observer’s latitude.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS OUT OF REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 In DR 53 47’S 178 37’W the SUN bore 076 (T) intercept 11’ away. The ship then steered 284O(T) for 47
O O O

miles through a current setting 256O(T) for 7 miles, when the SUN bore 284O(T) intercept 5’ towards. The
position used for the second sight was obtained by allowing run from original DR. Find the position of the
ship at the second observation.

Q.5 On 30th Nov 1992 PM, in DR 27O 38’N 140O22’W, the sextant altitude of the Moon’s UL at GMT 30d 23h
12m 18s was 30O51’. If the IE 1.2’ on the arc and HE was 12m, find the direction of PL and the longitude
where it crosses the DR Lat.

Q.6 On 01st May 1992, PM in DR 27O54’S 179O18’W, an intercept was worked using Jupiter. The sextant
altitude of Jupiter was 46O25.5’ at GMT 06h20m42s. If IE was 1.3’ off the arc, HE was 19m. Find the direction
of the PL and the position through which it passes.

Q.7 a) On 4th March 1992, in DR 45O14’N 120O30’W, compute the sextant meridian altitude of ANTARES, if IE
was 3.2’ off the arc and HE was 10m.
b) On 22nd SEP 1992, in DR 30O06’N 179O45’W the setting Sun bore 275O(C). If the variation was 2OW, find
the deviation of the compass.

Q.8 Find the position line and position through which it passes in following case:
DR 28O 25’N 027O25’W, the sextant altitude of the POLE STAR was 27 O 45’, IE 1.0’ off the arc and HE 16m,
month March & GHA Aries 276O14.4’.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 3rd September-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use NAUTICAL ALMANAC for 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) Define and illustrate by figures:
i) Celestial Sphere ii) Ecliptic iii) Vertical Circle iv) SHA (15)
O O O
b) Calculate LHA of a star whose RA is 70 , for an observer in longitude 47 E, when GHA ɣ is 210 . (15)

Q.2 a) Define (i) Elongation (ii) Opposition (iii) Inferior conjunction (15)
b) Why is Venus referred to as a morning or an evening star? (15)

Q.3 a) A vessel sails on a RHUMB LINE course of 144O(T) from latitude 15O40’N and makes a d’long of 47O50’.
Find the distance covered and the latitude reached?
b) Define (i) Age of Moon (ii) Lunar Month (iii) Sidereal Period of Moon (15)

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 At 0600 hrs in DR 00 10’S 135 12’W a stellar observation bearing 125 T gave longitude of 135O00’W.
O O O

Ship steered course 290OT at 15 Kts through a current setting SW at 3 knots throughout. At 1130 hrs an ex-
meridian sight of Sun gave observed latitude 00 O 03’S, Azimuth 185OT. Find the ship’s position at the time of
Second observation.

Q.5 On 20th July 1992 a ship in position at equator observed the altitude of Moon UL West of meridian 51 O
06.2’ at GMT 20d 06h 12m 45s. If IE was 1.5’ on the arc and HE was 12 meters find the direction of position
line and position to draw the same.

Q.6 On 30th Nov 1992 in DR position 24O 56’ N, 165O 20’E sextant altitude of Sun LL at GMT 29D 22H 28M
42S was 33O 00.5’. If IE was 0.5’ on the arc and HE was 12 meters find direction of PL and position to draw
position line by intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 21st July 1992 in DR 30O S 175OE the rising Sun bore 085O compass. If variation was 8OW find the
deviation for the compass heading.
b) On 13th Oct 92, in DR longitude 048O 36’W observed altitude of Sun UL North of observer was 78 O 09.4’. If
HE was 15 meters find the direction of position line and latitude to draw it.

Q.8 On 31st Aug’92 at ship in DR 179O 30’W Sextant Altitude of Pole Star at GMT 31D 17H 22M 26S was
22O40’. If IE: 1.6’ on the arc and HE:12.5 Meters, find the direction of position line and latitude to draw it.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 4th August-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use Nautical Almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) Define the following with neat sketches:
i) Azimuth ii) LHA iii) Rational Horizon iv) Right Ascension v) Amplitude
b) Sketch and show Rational Horizon diagram for a rising body whose Decl. is 10 N and observer’s Lat. 20’N.
’

Q.2 a) State and explain Kepler’s Law of Planetary motion.

b) Explain with suitable sketches how are seasons caused giving appropriate dates and duration.

Q.3 a) What conditions are necessary for a heavenly body to:

i) be circumpolar ii) cross prime vertical
b) If an observer is in Lat 45 S and declination of a star is 50OS, calculate upper and lower meridian altitude.
O

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 At 1530 hrs ship’s time on a vessel in DR 15 20’S, 179 50’W an observation of Sun’s bearing 260O(T)
O O

gave Observed long 179O 55’W. The vessel then sailed on a course of 265 O(T) at 15 knots. At 1900 hrs an
observation of Venus gave an intercept of 4’ away and Azimuth 165O(T). If observation of Venus was
calculated using DR obtained by allowing run to the DR latitude and observed Long at 1530 hrs, find the
ship’s position at 1900 hrs.

Q.5 On 1st May’92 PM at ship in DR 19O54’S 179O58’W, the sextant altitude of Jupiter was 52O38.5’ at GMT
02d 06h 20m 42s. If IE was 0.2’ off the arc and HE 17m. Find the direction of the PL and the position through
which it passes. Using Long by Chronometer Method.

Q.6 On 1st May‘92 PM at the ship in DR 35O10’S, 016O 00’W the sextant altitude of the star Sirius at GMT 01d
19h 10m 45s was 57O28.5’. If IE was 2.1’ on the arc and HE 11m, find the direction of the PL and the position
through which to draw it using Intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 22nd Sept. ’92 in DR 35O10’N, 030O 30’W the sun rose bearing 095OC. If variation was 1.8OW, find
Deviation.
b) A vessel in DR posn. 62O15’S 179O57.7’E observed the Azimuth of Spica 312.6OG at GMT 30th April’92 13h
00m 05s.Find out the Gyro course if the vessel intends to steer 075 OT.

Q.8 On 1st Sept’92 at ship in Long 178OE, the sextant altitude of the Pole star was 18O57.4’ at 17h 23m 25s
GMT, if IE was 1.5’ on the arc and HE 13.5m. Find the direction of the PL and the position through which it
passes. If Azimuth was 005O(C), and variation 2.3OE, find the deviation.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 14th July-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use Nautical Almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) Define Twilight, Define Civil, Nautical and Astronomical twilight. Explain cause of the Twilight, reason
why it lasts longer in higher latitudes.
b) To an observer, star bore 065(T) when rising, its true altitude when on prime vertical cast of the meridian
was 42 deg, find observer’s latitude.

Q.2 a) State and explain Kepler’s Law.

b) In what latitude would the longest day be 5 hours more than the shortest day?

Q.3 a) Prove that Sin Amp = Sin Decl. Sec Lat.

b) To an observer in a certain latitude, the sun declination 12 deg 14’N bore 076 (T) at theoretical sunrise,
find observer’s latitude.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 At 1530 hrs ship’s time on a vessel in DR 15 20’S 179 50’W an observation of Sun bearing 260O(T) gave
O O

an observed long 179O 55’W. The vessel then sailed on a course of 265O(T) at 15 knots. At 1900 hrs an
observation of Venus gave an intercept of 4’ away and azimuth 165O(T). If the observation of Venus was
calculated using DR obtained by allowing run on DR latitude and observed longitude at 1530 hrs, find the
position of the ship at 1900 hrs.

Q.5 On 05th Mar 1992 AM, in DR 38O11’S 151O10’E, the sextant altitude of the Sun’s LL at GMT 04 th d 22h
55m 40s was 35O59.1’. If the IE 1.3’ off the arc and HE was 30m. Find the direction of PL and the longitude
where it crosses the DR Lat.

Q.6 On 1st May 1992, PM at the ship in DR 27O54’S, 179O 18’W an intercept was worked using Jupiter. The
sextant altitude of JUPITER was 46O 25.5’ at GMT 06h 20m 42s, if IE was 1.3’ off the arc and HE 19m, find the
direction of PL and the intercept through which it pass.

Q.7 a) On 01st May 1992, AM at ship in DR 40O 26’N, 060O 40’E, MARS bore 096OC at 30d 23h 55m 20s GMT.
If the variation was 5OW, find the deviation of the compass.
b) On 04th Mar 1992, in DR 45O 14’N 120O 30’W, compute the sextant meridian altitude of ANTARES if IE was
3.2’ off the arc and HE was 10m.

Q.8 On 23rd Sept 1992, in DR 23O40’N, 161O 56’E, compute the sextant altitude of Sun’s LL in the meridian if
IE 2.3’ on the arc, HE 25m.
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 9th April-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use Nautical Almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) Explain why Venus is visible as a morning or evening star.
b) Explain with suitable sketches how are seasons caused giving appropriate dates and duration.

Q.2 a) Explain why duration of twilight varies with change of latitude.

b) Prove: Sin Amp. = Sin Decl. x Sec Lat

Q.3 Find observer’s position if True altitude of Sun 44 O10’ when bearing 090OT and Decl. 11O 13’N and GHA
Sun 00O 08.3’.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
O
Q.4 An observation of a heavenly body gave an intercept 6.7’ towards Az 053 T. The DR used for working
this sight was 35O 45’S 46O 44’E. After this sight the vessel steamed 129OT for 45’ when the second
observation was made which gave intercept 3.7’ towards Az 318 OT. Find the position of the vessel at the
time of the second observation if the second sight was worked from ITP run up.

Q.5 On 17th Jan ’92 PM in DR 11O 05’N 110O 55’E, the sextant altitude of the Sun’s LL was 50O 27’ at GMT 17d
06h 19m 57s. HE 14.1m, IE 2.5’ on the arc. Find the direction off the PL and the longitude where it crosses
the DR Lat.

Q.6 On 31st August ’92 at ship in DR 33O 43’S 03O 40’W, the sextant altitude of Spica was 49O 18.5’ when the
GMT showed 31d 17h 28m 42s. It IE was 3.2’ on the arc and HE 14.9m, find the direction of the PL and a
position through which it passes using Intercept Method.

Q.7 a. On 2nd March 1992, in DR 22O 22’N 175O 15’E the rising sun bore 102OC. If Variation was 3OE. Find the
deviation of compass.
b. On 1st May ’92 AM at ship in DR 40O 26’N, 060O 40’E Mars bore 096OC at 30d 23h 05m 20s GMT. Variation
5OW. Calculate deviation of Compass.

Q.8 On 23rd Sept. ’92 in DR 23O 40’N, 161O 56’E compute the sextant altitude of the Sun’s LL on the meridian
if IE 2.3’ on the arc, HE 25m.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 4th March-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) Define Daylight Saving Time (DST). What is the purpose of DST?
b) Find the duration of Astronomical twilight for an observer in Lat 20O00’S on the day of summer solstice.

Q.2 a) Define with diagram on the Rational Horizon:

i) True Altitude ii) Azimuth iii) Zenith Distance
b) Two ships on the Equator are 60 miles apart. Both steer 180OT at equal speeds. How many miles will they
have to proceed till they are 40 miles apart?

Q.3 a) What do you understand by circumpolar Body? What are the conditions necessary for a heavenly
body to be circumpolar? Substantiate your answer with a suitable sketch?
b) If the Sun’s declination is 19O 30’N, in what latitude will there be:
i) Phenomenon of Midnight Sun.
ii) Twilight all Night.
iii) Continuous Night.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 Due to engine failure while drifting to a SWly current @ 2 Kts, at 0800 hrs Sun sight using DR Lat 00 O
05’N gave Obs longitude 179O 55’W Azimuth 100Otrue. Then again at 1300 hrs an Ex-meridian sight using
longitude 179O 55’W gave observed latitude 00O 05’N, azimuth 355O true. Find Ship’s position at the time of
second observation.

Q.5 On 20th July 1992 at ship in position at Equator Sext. Altitude of Moon UL West of meridian at GMT 20d
06h 12m 45s was 51O 06.2’. If IE was 1.5’ on the arc and HE was 12 meters find the direction of position line
and position to draw the same.

Q.6 On 30th Nov 1992 at ship in DR 30O N, 165O 24’ E sextant altitude of Sun UL at GMT 29d 22h 28m 42s was
29O 03’. If IE was 0.5’ on the arc and HE was 12 meters find the direction of position line and position to
draw the same by intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 14th Oct 92 in DR longitude 048O 36’W observed altitude of Sun UL North of observer was 78O
09.4’. If HE was 15 meters find the direction of position line and latitude to draw it.
b) On 19th January 92 in DR Lat 30ON 060O30’E. Compass bearing of Moon at GMT 23H 10M 00S was 269O(C).
If variation was 2.7OW, find the deviation.

Q.8 On 31st August 92 at ship in DR 179O 30’W, Sextant Altitude of Pole Star was 22O 30’ at GMT 31D 17H
22M 26S. If IE: 1.6’ on the arc and HE: 12.5 meters find the direction of position line and latitude to draw it.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 13th January-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) Explain the ‘v’ and ‘d’ correction given in Nautical Almanac. Why is ‘v’ correction applied for only
certain celestial bodies?
b) Define ‘twilight’. Explain clearly the cause of the phenomena and the reason why it lasts longer in high
latitudes.

Q.2 a) Define: i) Horizontal Parallax ii) Parallax in Altitude

b) Draw a sketch & show the relationship between the two.

Q.3 a) Write short notes on the followings, with suitable sketched:

i) Rational Horizon ii) Elongation
b) Find the duration of astronomical Twilight for an observer in Lat 20 O00’S on the day of summer solstices?

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)

Q.4 In DR 30O 15’ N 26O 40’ W at 0945 hrs an observation of the Sun gave a bearing 110 OT intercept 6.5’
towards. The vessel then steamed a course 245OT for 2 hrs at 10kts when the latitude obtained by meridian
altitude of Sun was 30O 00.0’N. Find the vessel’s position at the second observation.

Q.5 On 5th March 1992 AM, in DR 38O11’S 151O10’E, the sextant altitude of the Sun’s LL at GMT 04 th d 22h
55m 40s was 35O59.1’. If the IE 1.3’ off the arc and HE was 30m. Find the direction of PL and the longitude
where it crosses the DR Lat.

Q.6 On 31st August ’92 at ship in DR 33O 43’S 03O 40’W, the sextant altitude of Spica was 49O 18.5’ when the
GMT showed 31d 17h 28m 42s. It IE was 3.2’ on the arc and HE 14.9m, find the direction of the PL and a
position through which it passes using intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 2nd May ’92 in DR 15O 40’S 079O 58’W the sextant alt of Sun LL near the meridian was 58 O16.5’ at
GMT 17h 38m 05s. If IE was 1.0’ on the arc and the HE was 25m. Find the direction of the PL and the lat
where it cuts the DR Long.
b) On 20th January ’92 in DR 54O 20’S 46O 27’W the sun set bearing 236OC. If Variation was 3OW, find
Deviation.

Q.8 On 1st Dec ’92 in long 65O 33.7’E the sextant altitude of the Pole star was 23 O 18’ at GMT 01d 01h 01m
48s. If IE was 0.3’ off the arc and HE 23m, find the direction of the PL and the position through which to pass
it.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 4th December-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) Explain with aid of suitable sketches what is lunar eclipse & why lunar eclipse may not take place on
every full moon day?
b) Explain with diagrams the correction to be applied to the altitude of celestial body.
i) Refraction ii) Parallax iii) Dip

Q.2 a) Explain why Venus is visible in mornings or evenings.

b) Explain why stars culminate about 4 minutes earlier each day?

Q.3 a) Explain with suitable sketch, PZX triangle.

b) A Star when on the meridian above the pole, bore North with a true altitude of 70O04’, and when on the
meridian, below the pole bore North with true altitude 22 O05’. Find the observer’s latitude and star’s
declination?

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)

Q.4 In DR 33O18’S 000O 12.6’W a stellar observation gave an intercept of 4.2’ towards Az 241 O(T). After
steaming 090O(T). After steaming 090O(T) for 122M, another astronomical observation gave an Obs long of
002O 18.5’E bearing 140O(T). The EP used for working the second observation was obtained through the first
ITP. Find the position of the ship at the 2nd observation.

Q.5 On 21st July 92 at ship in DR 40O 42’N sextant altitude of Moon UL, East of meridian at GMT 21D 15H
35M 45 S was 45O 15’. If IE was 1.0’ on the arc and HE was 13.3 meters, find the direction of Position Line
and longitude to draw it.

Q.6 On 1st May 1992 PM at ship in DR 30O 10’S 010O 30’ E Sext alt of star Sirius at GMT 01d 19h 10m 45s was
36O 49.2’. If IE was 2.1’ on the arc and HE was 11 meters. Find the direction of position line and position to
draw it by intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 1st May 1992 in DR longitude 179O58’E the observed altitude of the sun’s LL on the meridian was
64O35.9’ south of the observer. If the HE was 15m, find the latitude and the PL.
b) In DR 55O 15’W on 30th April 1992 observed altitude of Sun’s LL on the meridian was 70 O 05.9’ North of
the observer. If height of eye was 10 meters and index error 2.0’ off the arc. Find the latitude and state the
direction of position line.

Q.8 What altitude should be set on the sextant for the observer of Polaris on 30 th Nov 1992 at the end of
civil twilight DR 45O 50’ N 166O 30’ W. IE 2.5 off the arc and HE 12 meters.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 12th November-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) With the help of suitable diagrams explain solar eclipse.
b) Two ships A and B, on the same meridian observe the sun simultaneously at Noon and both get the same
MZD 40O, the Declination of the Sun is 10ON. The sun bears due North from A and due south from B. Find the
latitudes of ‘A’ and ‘B’.

Q.2 a) With the help of figure: i) Prove that the altitude of Pole is equal to the Latitude of the observer,
ii) Measure approximately the altitudes of a body having Declination 56 ON , at its Lower & Upper meridian
passages for an observer at Latitude 50ON.
b) In the southern hemisphere a vessel sailed on a course of 042 O(T) making a Departure of 200 nm and a
D.M.P of 240. Find the Latitude left.

Q.3 a) On 23rd August 1992 in DR position 20O 00’S 090O 00’W, the sun rose bearing was 090O (C). If variation
was 3OW. Find the deviation of the compass.
b) Explain various phases of Moon.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)

Q.4 In DR 20O 30’N 179O 50’ E an intercept of 5’ away, AZ 000O(T) was obtained by a stellar observation. The
vessel then steered a course 180O(T) for 20’ and 090O(T) for 40’. At the end of this steaming a star
observation gave an AZ 045O(T) X 2’ away. Position used for calculation was initial DR position carried
forward. Find the final position of the vessel.

Q.5 On 1st December, 1992 at ship in DR 26O 08’N, 129O 57’W. The sextant altitude of the Sun LL was 27O
42.3’ when GMT was 01d 17h 46m 25s. If HE was 12.0 meter and IE was 2.2’ ON the arc. Calculate the
direction of the PL and a position through which it passes using Long by Chron method.

Q.6 On 1st of May’92 in DR 32O 00’S 81O00’E the sextant altitude of Sun’s L.L. near the meridian was 42 O30’
at GMT 01d 06h 33m 40s. If IE was 1.6’ on the arc and the HE was 17m. Find the direction of the P/L and the
Latitude where it cuts the DR Longitude.

Q.7 a) While a ship steering 040O(C), on 29th November 1992, in DR 28O 24’N 110O 24’W, the Sun rose
bearing 110O(C). If the variation was 6.5OE, determine the Deviation of the Compass.
b) On 21st Jan 1992 on a ship in DR 24O36’S, 110O20’W, the sextant altitude of the Sun’s LL on the meridian
was 85O05.5’. If IE was 1.6’ off the arc & HE was 10m. Find the observer’s latitude, state the direction of PL.

Q.8 On 31st August 1992 in DR position 60O 06’N 66O 18’W, the sextant altitude of Mars was 41O 32.4’, when
GMT was 08h 15m 02s. If HE was 10m and IE was 2.1’ on the arc, calculate the direction of the PL and a
position through which it passes by intercept method.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 7th October-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) Define the following with suitable diagrams:
i) Declination ii) SHA iii) Rational Horizon
b) If the equation of time was +07m 53s, and Sun’s declination was 10 O 15’ N and decreasing, calculate the
SHAMS, assuming the obliquity of the ecliptic to be 23O 26.7’.

Q.2 Explain with the help of figures, the following:

i) Precession of equinoxes.
ii) Geographical position of a celestial body.
iii) Synodic period of moon’s revolution.

Q.3 a) During the same night, a star bore south with true altitude of 25O 35’ and again with a true altitude
70O 45’. Calculate the star’s declination and the latitude of the observer.
b) Explain the refraction correction to be applied for the altitude of a celestial body.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)

Q.4 In DR 11O 15.4’S 156O 34’ W, a stellar observation gave an intercept of 4.2’ away azimuth 241 O(T). After
steaming 114O(T) for 85 miles, another astronomical observation gave an observed longitude of 155 O 04.3’
W. The EP used for 2nd observation was obtained by running up the first ITP. Find the position of the ship at
the 2nd observation.

Q.5 On 25th February 1992, AM in DR 34O 55’S 086O 56’E, the sextant altitude of Moon’s UL was 46 O 32’ at
GMT 03h 10m 11s. IE 1.2’ off the arc. HE: 12m. Find the direction of the PL and observed longitude through
which to draw it.

Q.6 On 31st August 1992, AM at ship in DR 40O 30’N 064O 56’E, the sextant altitude of the star DIPHDA was
21O 23.4’ at GMT 31d 00h 20m 24s. If HE was 9m and IE 0.9’ off the arc, find the direction of the PL and the
position through which it passes by Marc ST. Hillare’s method.

Q.7 On 5th May 1992, in DR 50O 10’S, 064O 15’W, the observed meridian altitude of Saturn was 56 O 00.3’, if
HE was 10m, find the latitude of the observer and the direction of the PL. Also find, to the nearest second,
the GMT of the meridian passage of Saturn.

Q.8 On 6th March 1992 in DR 51O 55’N, 171O 10’E, the sextant altitude of the Sun’s U.L., near the meridian
was 32O 01.2’, when GPS showed 06d 01h 02m 30s GMT. I.E. = 2’ on the arc, HE: 30 m. Find the direction of
the PL and a position through which it passes.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 3rd March-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE:

(30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) What is ‘V’ & ‘D’ Correction?
b) Define: i) LHA ii) RA iii) SHA iv) Declination

Q.2 a) What are the conditions for a body to be on the prime vertical?
b) Vessel in position 46O05’N 22O20’W observes the true altitude of a body to be 34 O31’ when it is on the
prime vertical west of the meridian. Calculate the GP of the body.

Q.3 a) Why does twilight last for a longer duration in high latitudes?
b) Prove: Sin Amp. = Sin Decl. x Sec Lat.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 A vessel using the D/R position 10OS 50OW obtained the following observations:
1840 Hrs: Star ‘A’ – Azimuth 145O x 5’ Towards
1910 Hrs: Star ‘B’ – Azimuth 190O x 3’ Away
If the course Steered by the vessel during this time was 210 O(T) and speed was 12 knots, calculate the
vessel’s position at 1900 hrs.

Q.5 On 30th April 1992, AM at ship in D/R position 00 O21’N 060O12’W the sextant altitude of Sun’s UL was
44O 17.7’ at 13h 00m 52s GMT. If IE was 1.2’ on the arc and HE was 20m, find the direction of PL and the
longitude where it crosses the DR latitude?

Q.6 On 19th Jan 1992, during the evening twilight at ship, in D/R position 00 O02’N 170O 50’E, the sextant
altitude of a star Betelgeuse was found to be 43O11.1’ at 07h 33m 44s GMT. If HE was 18m, IE 1.3’ off the
arc, find the intercept and the direction of the PL.

Q.7 a) On 23rd September 1992, PM at ship in DR 26O 37’N 150O42’E, ship steering 095OG, (093O C) Venus
bore 253OG when GMT time in GPS was 08h 12m 12s. Find the Gyro Error and the deviation of the ship’s
head if variation was 3OE. (15 Marks)
th O O
b) On 29 November 1992, a ship in DR 14 00’N, 081 20’E, bound for Kolkata from Chennai and keeping
IST, found the observed meridian altitude of the Sun to be 54 O 19’. HE: 15m. Find the ship’s latitude.
(20 Marks)

Q.8 a) On January 20th DR long 52O 30’W at LMT 1845 hrs an observation of the Pole Star gave a sextant
altitude of 40O 15.5’, IE 1.5’ off the arc, HE 10m. Find the direction of the P/L and the position which it
passes. (20 Marks)
b) Find the approximate ex-meridian limits for the observation of the Sun, when the latitude of the observer
is 20ON and declination of the Sun is 5OS? (15 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 7th Jan-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.

SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION

ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) Explain why Venus is visible as a morning or evening star.
b) Explain the difference between theoretical Sun rise and Visible Sun rise.

Q.2 a) What are the conditions for a body to be circumpolar?

b) Calculate the duration of astronomical twilight in Lat 35ON on the day of spring equinox.

Q.3 With the aid of drawing define:

a) SHA b) GHA c) EHA d) True altitude e) Amplitude.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 In DR position 05O 10.0’N 179O 45.0’E a stellar obs gave intercept 4.5 miles away, azimuth 225 OT. Ship
then steered course of 135OT for 18 miles against N x Wly current and 3 miles drift, when a light house in
position 05O05’N, 179O 54’W bore 030OT. Find the ship’s position at the time of 2nd observation.

Q.5 On 5th March ’92 in DR 30OS Obs altitude of Sun’s LL East of meridian at GMT 04D 22H 56M 04S was 35 O
59.1’. If IE: 3.5’ off the arc and HE was 30 meters, find the direction of Position Line and position to draw it
arc.

Q.6 On 29th November ’92 in DR 25O 54’S 149O 19’W Sext Alt of Saturn at GMT 06H 20M 42S was 35O 16.7’. If
IE was 1.3’ off the arc and HE was 18 meters, find the direction of PL and position to draw the same using
Marc Saint Hillaire method.

Q.7 a) On 24th February 1992 on Equator 065O 30’W the moon rose bearing 123O(C). If the variation was
2.5OW, find the deviation.
b) On 23rd Sept ’92 in DR 23O 30’ N 161O 56’E the sextant meridian altitude of Sun LL was 66 O10.0’. If IE was
2.5’ on the arc and HE was 10 meters find the latitude and position line.

Q.8 On 15th June 1992, in DR 20O56’S 080O00’E, the sextant altitude of the SUN’s LL near the meridian was
45O40.2’ when GPS showed 15d 06h 35m 44s GMT. If IE was 1.6’ on the arc and HE 17m, find the direction of
the PL and latitude where it will cut the DR Longitude.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 5th Nov-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) With suitable sketch, explain how Seasons are caused?
b) When observing the Sun for amplitude, what should be the observed altitude of the sun’s lower limb.
Explain with a suitable sketch.

Q.2 a) What do you understand by a Circumpolar Body? What are the conditions necessary for a Heavenly
body to be circumpolar? Substantiate your answer with a suitable sketch?
b) If the sun’s declination is 12O42’S, in what latitudes will there be:
i) Phenomenon of Midnight Sun
ii) Twilight all night
iii) Continuous Night

Q.3 a) Write short notes on the following, with suitable sketches:

i) Rational Horizon ii) Elongation of an Inferior Planet.
b) A stationary observer sees a star (declination 30OS) pass through his Zenith at the time of its meridian
passage. Calculate its amplitude when west of the meridian.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
O O
Q.4 In DR 24 30’N 033 18’E, an observation of a heavenly body gave an intercept of 1.8’(T) on an azimuth
of 119O(T). At the same time another observation of a heavenly body gave an intercept of 2.3’(A) on an
azimuth of 238O(T). Find the position of the vessel at the time of observation.

Q.5 On 21st July 1992 at Ship in DR latitude 40O42’N, sextant altitude of Moon UL, East off meridian at GMT
21D 15H 35M 45S was 45O15’. If IE was 1.0’ on the arc and HE was 13.3 meters. Find the direction of position
line and longitude to draw it.

Q.6 On 30th Nov 1992 PM at a ship in DR position 35O 20S, 120O 15’W observed altitude of Venus was 28O
39.6’at GMT 01d 03h 36m 16s. If HE is 15m, find the direction of the PL and the point through which it
passes using intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 29th Nov 1992, AM at ship in DR 26O 27’N 130O 27’W, the azimuth of the sun was 130O(C) at GMT
17h 47m 49s. If the variation was 3OE, find the deviation of the compass.
b) In DR 55O15’W on 30th April 1992 observed altitude of the sun’s LL on the meridian was 70O05.9’ North of
the observer. If height of eye was 10 meters and index error 2.0’ off the arc find the latitude and state the
direction off the position line.

Q.8 a) On 13th Dec, LHA Aries 323O 00.4, Sextant Altitude of Pole star was 41O26’ IE 2’ on the arc, HE 10m.
Find the direction of P/L and position through which to draw it.
b) On 5th March 1992 in DR 32O 12’N 178O 16’E, the rising sun bore 100O(C). If variation was 3OE, find the
deviation of compass.
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 9th Sept-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) Explain the Horizon System of defining position of a heavenly body on the celestial sphere.
b) Calculate the duration of astronomical twilight in lat. 35 ON on the day of spring equinox?

Q.2 a) With the aid of suitable sketches, explain the following:

i. Sidereal Day.
ii. Daily retardation of Moon.

b) Explain with neat sketch Conditions for a body to be Circumpolar.

Q.3 For a stationary observer, amplitude of the setting Sun was W20OS. When it was on Prime Vertical, its
true altitude was 9O. Find the Latitude of observer & Declination of Sun.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)

Q.4 In DR 49O30’S 069O 14’E an observation of a heavenly body gave an intercept of 9.5’(T) on an azimuth of
056O(T). Vessel then steamed on a course of 144O(T) for 35 miles when the 2nd observation of a heavenly
body gave an intercept of 8.2’(T) on an azimuth of 324O(T). Find the position of the vessel at the time of 2 nd
observation. The second sight was worked from I.T.P. run up.

Q.5 In DR 00O 00’ 160O 00’ W, the sextant altitude of the Moon’s UL was 42O 32’ at 12h 40m 20s GMT on 10th
October 1992. If H.E. is 14.2m, I.E. is 0.8’ ON the arc, determine the direction of the PL and the longitude
where it cuts the DR latitude.

Q.6 On 16th January 1992, PM at ship in DR 35O10’S 127O 45’E at GMT 11h 19m 10s, the sextant altitude of
Star SIRIUS was 43O24.1’. If the I.E. is 0.4’ ON the arc and H.E. was 15m, find the direction of the PL and the
point through which it passes using Intercept method.

Q.7 a) While a ship steering 040O(C), on 29th November 1992, in DR 28O 24’N 110O 24’W, the Sun rose
bearing 110O (C). If the variation was 6.5OE, determine the Deviation of the Compass.
b) On 21st Jan 1992 on a ship in DR 24O36’S, 110O20’W, the sextant altitude of the Sun’s LL on the meridian
was 85O05.5’. If IE was 1.6’ off the arc & HE was 10m, find the observer’s latitude, state the direction of PL.

Q.8 On 1st Sept 1992 at ship in Long 178OE, the sextant altitude of the Pole Star was 18O 57.4’ at 17h 23m
25s GMT, if IE was 1.5’ on the arc and HE was 13.5m, find the direction of the PL and the position through
which it passes. If Azimuth was 005O(C), and variation 2.3OE. Find the deviation.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 5th July-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) Explain with suitable diagram why duration of twilight varies with Latitude, if Declination of sun
remains constant.
b) To an observer in a certain Latitude, the Sun’s declination 12 O24’N, bore 076O(T) at theoretical sun rise.
Find observer’s Lat.

Q.2 a) Prove the expression: Sin amplitude = Sin declination X Sec latitude.
b) In Lat 45O N, the theoretical sunrise took place at GMT 00h 30m 00s, on 16 th June’92. Find observer’s
Longitude.

Q.3 a) If the Sun’s declination is 18O 00’N, between which latitudes will there be
a) daylight throughout b) twilight all night.
b) Define: i) Rational Horizon ii) Right ascension iii) Dip iv) Horizontal Parallax v) ‘d’ correction.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)

Q.4 At 1200 hrs Latitude by Meridian Altitude of sun was found to be 20 O30’S. Vessel sailed on a course
210O(T) X distance 30 n.m. On completion of steaming an intercept of sun was observed AZ 330 O(T) X 4’(A)
using a DR position Lat:- 21O 00’ S Long:- 30O 30’W. Find vessel’s initial and final position.

Q.5 On 21st July 1992 in DR position 36O 06’ S, 038O 45’ W, sextant altitude of Moon’s UL was found to be
39O 30’ when GMT was 09h 20m 49s. IE 3.5’ on the arc, HE 15m. Using Long by Chron method. Find the
direction of P/L and position through which it passes.

Q.6 On March 5th 1992, AM at ship in DR position 37O 59’S 151O 10’E, the sextant altitude of Sun’s LL was 36O
09.1’ when GMT time was 04d 22h 55m 40s. If HE was 30m and I.E. was 1’ off the arc, find the intercept and
direction of the P/L.

Q.7 On 12th Sept 1992 in DR position 43O 06S’, 072O 19’E the sextant meridian altitude of the star Aldebaran
was 30O 40.7’. If IE was nil and HE was 18m find
a. The latitude and the PL.
b. The exact meridian passage time of the star to the nearest second.

Q.8 a) On 1st Sept 1992 in DR position 17O 54’ N, 178O 11’E compute the sextant altitude of Polaries on 31 st
Aug at 17h 22m 26s GMT, I.E.:- 1.6’ off the arc, H.E.:- 12.5 m.
b) On 2nd Sept 1992, in DR position 40O 28’ N, 064O 20’ E, the rising Sun bore 090O(C), if Variation was 5O W,
find the deviation of the compass at this particular comp course.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 06th May-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) Define Twilight, Define Civil, Nautical and Astronomical twilight. Explain cause of the Twilight, reason
why it lasts longer in higher latitudes.
b) Calculate the duration of astronomical twilight in lat 35deg N on the day of spring equinox?

Q.2 a) State and explain Kepler’s law.

b) In what latitude would the longest day be 5 hours more than the shortest day?

Q.3 a) Prove that Sin Amp = Sin Decl. Sec Lat.

b) To an observer in a certain latitude, the sun declination 12 deg 14’N bore 076(T) at theoretical sunrise,
find observer’s latitude.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)

Q.4 At 1600 Hrs Sun sight calculated using DR 24 OS 000O 15’E gave intercept 5 miles away azimuth 296OT. At
1930 hrs a star gave azimuth 198O True intercept 4 miles towards. DR position used for 2 nd sight was
calculated using original DR. If ship steered course 310O at 13 knots during the sight and WSW’ly current was
setting @ 2 kts, find ship’s position at the time of 2nd observation.

Q.5 On 30th April 92 at Equator the observed altitude of Sun Upper Limb East of meridian at GMT 30D 08H
12M 16S was 33O 17.9’. If HE was 20 meters and IE was 1.5’ off the arc find the direction of position line and
longitude to draw it.

Q.6 On 27th Feb 1992 in DR 30O S, 014O 10’W Sextant altitude of star. Antares at GMT 05H 00M 26S was 63 O
35.4’. If IE was 1.2’ off the arc and HE was 12 meters find the direction of Position line and position to draw it
by Intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 2nd Sept 92 in DR 45O 30’S , 145O 30’E the moonset bearing was 265O(C). If variation was 12OW,
find the deviation.
b) On 14th October 1992 at ship in DR longitude 48O 36’W the observed altitude of Sun UL on the meridian
North of observer was 78O 09.4’. If IE was 2.5’ on the arc and HE was 15 Meters, find the latitude and state
the direction of position line. From Equation of time find GMT meridian passage to nearest second.

Q.8 On 9th October 92 in DR Long 003O 10’W sextant altitude of Polaris at GMT 18H 17M 19S on 9th October
was 55O 12’. If IE was 2.0’ on the arc and HE was 14 meters find the direction of position line and position to
draw it.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 12th March-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted; however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 a) With a suitable sketch, explain how seasons are caused?

b) If the earth’s axis was perpendicular to its orbit, what effect would it have on the seasons?

Q.2 a) Explain – Venus as Morning and Evening Star.

b) Briefly explain: (i) Conjunction (ii) Opposition (iii) Quadrature

Q.3 a) Write short notes on the following with suitable sketches:

(i) Synodic period moon, (ii) Rational Horizon (iii) Elongation of a inferior planet
b) To an observer in a certain latitude, the sun (Declination 12 O14’N), bore 076O(T) at theoretical rising. Find
the observer’s latitude?

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)

Q.4 In DR 36O48’S 110O37’E, an Ex-meridian sight gave an Obs. Lat. of 37O00’S and a PL of 100O-280O(T).
After steaming 000O(T) for 87 M and 270O(T) for 101M an intercept of 7.2M away from Az 086 O(T) was
obtained working from the earlier Obs. lat. Find the position of the ship at the 2nd observation.

Q.5 On 22nd Sept 1992 in DR 24O30’N sextant altitude off Moon UL East of meridian at GMT 22D 06H 17M
18S was 35O45.4’. If IE was 2.2’ off the arc and HE was 15 mtrs, find direction of position line and position to
draw it.

Q.6 On 1st May 1992 PM at ship in DR 30O 10‘ S 010O 30’ E Sext alt of star Sirius at GMT 01d 19h 10m 45s was
36O 49.2’. If IE was 2.1’ on the arc and HE was 11 meters find the direction of position line and position to
draw it by intercept method.

Q.7 a) On the 28th April in DR 17O30’S 070O43’E find the expected ships time of meridian passage. If
observed meridian altitude of sun’s LL was 58O16’ (HE: 14m), find the ship’s latitude and the details about
PL.
b) On 19th Jan 1992 in DR 40O16’S 175O31’E, the azimuth of the sun was 267O(C) at 1618 ship’s time. If the
ship’s time difference was 11h 30m from GMT and the variation was 2.3 OE, find the deviation for the ship’s
head.

Q.8 On 24th Aug 92 at ship in DR 40O S, 175O 30’ W Sextant altitude of Sun UL near the meridian at GMT 23H
27M 12S was 39O 26’. If IE was 2.0’ on the arc and HE was 17.5 meters, find the direction of position line and
latitude to draw same.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 09th Jan-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) With the help of suitable diagram explain solar eclipse.
b) Two ships A and B, on the same meridian observe the sun simultaneously at Noon and both get the same
MZD 40O, the Declination of the sun is 10ON. The sun bears due North from A and due south from B. Find the
latitudes of ‘A’ and ‘B’.

Q.2 a) Explain Kepler’s law of planetary motion?

b) In the southern hemisphere a vessel sailed on a course of 042 O(T) making a Departure of 200nm and a
D.M.P. of 240. Find the Latitude left.

Q.3 a) An unknown star rose bearing 123O(T) when bearing East it had a true altitude of 24 O30’. Find the Lat of
the observer and the Star’s declination.
b) Explain various phases of Moon.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
O O
Q.4 At 0500 hrs by ship’s clock on a vessel in DR position 52 21’N, 027 50’W, an observation of star ‘Deneb’
on the meridian gave latitude 52O26’N. A second sight, obtained at 0520 hrs of star ‘Capella’, when worked
using the original DR, gave azimuth 300OT, intercept 3 M towards respectively. The ship was steering 000 O(T)
at 6 kts. Find by plotting the ship’s position at 0520 hrs.

Q.5 On 1st Sept 1992 AM at GMT 31d 22h 11m 36s., a ship in DR position 32 O10’S 113O 25’E, the sextant
altitude of star Procyon was 30O58’ I.E was nil and H.E. was 8m, find the direction of PL and observed
Longitude.

Q.6 On 31st August 1992 in DR position 60O 06’N 66O 18’W, the sextant altitude of Mars was 41O 32.4’, when
GMT was 08h 15m 02s. If HE was 10m and IE was 2.1’ on the arc. Calculate the direction of the PL and a
position through which it passes by intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 14th October 1992 in DR Long 105O 20’W, the sextant all of Mars on the meridian was 62 O 12.5’
North of the observer. If HE was 12m and IE 3.0’ on the arc. Find the observed latitude and position line.
b) On 14th June 1992, in D.R. lat 20ON long. 0.36OW, the Moon rose bearing, 116OC. If the variation was 3OW,
find the deviation on the ship’s head.

Q.8 On 6th March 1992 in DR 51O55’N, 171O 10’E, the sextant altitude of the Sun’s U.L. near the meridian was
32O 01.2’, when GPS showed 06d 01h 02m 30s GMT. I.E. = 2’ on the arc. HE:30m. Find the direction of the PL
and a position through which it passes.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 09th Nov-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a. Explain with a suitable sketch that when observing the Sun for an amplitude, what should be the
observed altitude of the Sun’s lower limb, Explain with a suitable sketch?
b. Define parallax in altitude and Horizontal Parallax. With the aid of a figure, show why this correction is
always positive.

Q.2 a. Explain any two types of Lunar Eclipses with sketches.

b. An observer in position 22O05.0N 034O12.5’W found the true altitude of a star with declination 10 O15’N to
be 60O40’ west of the meridian. If GHA aries at that instant was 223O12’, find the star’s SHA.

Q.3 a. Prove the expression SIN Amp = Sin Decl. x Sec Lat.
b. The true altitude of a star when bearing north was 70 O04’, Later the same star gave a true altitude of 30O24’
when bearing south. Find the star’s declination and latitude of the observer.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
O O
Q.4 At 1800 hrs on a certain day DR 22 37’N 028 47’W,
At 1750 hrs Star A gave an intercept 5.1’ Towards Az 129OT
At 1813 hrs Star B gave an intercept 2.1’ Away Az 048OT.
Both sights were worked using the 1800 DR. Find the position of the vessel 1800hrs if the vessel was steaming
on a course of 293OT at a speed of 22 Kts.

Q.5 On 30th April’92, PM at ship in DR 12O 37’N 179O 12’W, the sextant altitude of the Sun UL 31O18’ at GMT
03h 59m 24s on 1st May, IE 3.2’ on the arc, HE 18.7m. Find the direction of the PL and the long, where it
crosses the DR Lat.

Q.6 On 30th April’92, PM at ship in DR 34O 18’S 040O 20’W the observed altitude of star Sirius was 57O 50.7’ at
GMT 20h 51m 21s. If HE was 21m, find the direction of the PL and the position through which to draw it using
Intercept method.

Q.7 a. On 21st Jan 1992, at 0320 ships time, in DR 44O12’N 122O18’E, the star DENEB bore 031.5OC. If the
variation was 5OE and the difference between ships time and GMT is 7 hrs, find the deviation.
b. On 1st May’92 in DR 30O 06’N 179O 45’W the setting sun bore 285OC. If variation was 2OE, find the deviation.

Q.8 In June 1992 during morning twilight in DR 15O 43.6’N 110O 07.3’W when GHA Aries was 76O 39.2’ the true
altitude of Polaris was 16O 11.3’. Find the direction of the PL and the position through which to pass it.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 10th Sept-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 (a) Define:
i) Geographical position
ii) Azimuth
iii) Obliquity of ecliptic
b) If the latitude was 64O 27’S and declination of a star was 39O 47’S, find out if the body is circumpolar. If so
calculate the upper and lower meridian altitudes.

Q.2 For a stationary observer, the amplitude of the setting sun was W 20O S, when it was on prime vertical, its
true altitude was 9O, Find:
a) The latitude of observer
b) Declination of sun.

Q.3 Observer in latitude 30O N, finds a star rising on Azimuth of 068O. If the star rose at 1900 LT, then what
time will it set?

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS OUT OF REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
O O O
Q.4 In DR Position 30 15’N 026 40’W, an observation of Sun gave a bearing of 110 T intercept 6.5’ towards.
The ship then steamed 245OT for 20 miles when latitude by meridian altitude of Sun was found to be 30 ON.
Find the ship’s position at the time of second observation.

Q.5 On 21st July 1992 in DR position 36O 06’N 038O 45’W, sextant altitude of Moon’s UL was found to be 55O
15.4’ when GMT was 09h 20m 49s. IE: 3.5’ on the arc ‘HE 15m. Using “long by Chron method” find the
direction of PL and the position through which it passes.

Q.6 On 29th November at GMT 11h 29m 20s in DR 25O 36’S 107O 20’W the sextant altitude of star RIGEL was
35O 07.8’. If HE was 12m IE 0.8’ on the arc. Find the direction of the PL and the intercept.

Q.7 a) On 2nd September 1992 moon set bearing 260O(C) in DR 35O 06’S 074O 12’E. If variation was 12OW, find
the deviation.
b) On 1st September 1992 DR equator, 50O 27’E sextant meridian altitude of sun’s UL was 82O 10.4’. IE:2.4’ on
the arc, HE=17m. Find the observed latitude and the direction of PL.

Q.8 On 2nd May 1992 a ship was in DR position 57O 55’N 094O 35’W. Compute the sextant angle to set for star
vega at the commencement of morning twilight. HE is 24m and IE is 2.2’ on the arc.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA Date: - 9TH July-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 (a) Define:
1. Equation of time 2. Ecliptic 3. Rational Horizon 4. Sidereal Hour Angle
(15 Marks)
O
(b) Draw a figure reasonably to scale on the plane of rational horizon for an observer latitude 25 S and mark
the following on it:
A star having declination 20OS and azimuth 090O(T) (15 Marks)

Q.2 a) The amplitude of a rising star was E 25ON and its altitude when on the prime vertical was 42 O. Find the
best approximate true altitude of the pole star at its position. (15 Marks)
b) Explain why stars culminate about 4 minutes earlier each day? (15 Marks)

Q.3 (a) State the conditions required for solar eclipse and lunar eclipse. (15 Marks)
O O
(b) In latitude 65 N, an observer obtains a lower meridian altitude of a celestial body as 20 bearing North.
Calculate the altitude and bearing of the same celestial body at upper meridian passage. (15 Marks)

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
O O O
Q.4 In DR Position 20 30’N 179 50’E an intercept of 5’ away, AZ 000 (T) was obtained by a stellar
observation. The vessel then steered a course 180O(T) for 20’ and 090O(T) for 40’. At the end of this steaming a
star observation gave an AZ 045O(T) X 2’ Away. Position used for calculation was initial DR position carried
forward. Find the final position of them vessel.

Q.5 On 17th January 1992, AM in DR 36O10’S, 152O 10’E, the sextant altitude of Sun’s LL East of the meridian
was 52O27’ I.E. 0.2’ of the arc, H.E. 11m, GMT was 16th 23h 24m 18s. Find the P/L and observed Longitude
where it cuts the D.R. Latitude.

Q.6 On 2nd March 1992 in DR 32O 12’S 100O 24’E, the sextant altitude of Venus east of the meridian was 18O05’
when the GMT was 1st 22h 32m 58s. If the HE was 10m and IE 1.3’ off the arc, find the direction of the PL and
the position through which it passes using the Intercept Method?

Q.7 On 1st of May’92 in DR 32O 00’S 81O00’E the sextant altitude of Sun’s L.L. near the meridian was 42O30’ at
GMT 01d 06h 33m 40s. If IE was 1.6’ on the arc and the HE was 17m. Find the direction of the P/L and the
Latitude where it cuts the DR Longitude.

Q.8 a) On 23rd August 1992 in DR position 20O 00’S 090O 00’W, the sun rose bearing was 090O(C). If variation
was 3OW. Find the deviation of the compass?
b) What altitude should be set on the sextant for the observation of polaries on 10 th of October 1992 at the
beginning of PM nautical twilight in DR position 30ON 150OW. If I.E. is 2.0’ off the arc and H.E. 10m.
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9TH May-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 (a) What is International Date Line? Why is it necessary and how is the date on a ship crossing the
International Date Line on an Easterly course affected?
(b) Calculate the duration of astronomical twilight in lat 35deg N on the day of spring equinox?

Q.2 (a) How are Season’s caused?

(b) To an observer, star bore 065(T) when rising, its true altitude when on prime vertical east of the meridian
was 42deg, find observer’s latitude.

Q.3 (a) Parallax in Altitude = horizontal parallax X Cos app alt.

(b) To an observer, star with decl. 29deg 44.6’S bore south when on the meridian. If its true altitude when at
the maximum azimuth was 26 deg 03’, find observer’s latitude.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 In DR 09 20’ N 177 25’ E a celestial observation gve intercept 5 miles away Azimuth 300OT. Ship then
O O

steered 065O T. Ship then steered 065O T for 10 hrs at 15 Kts with current ENE @ 2 kts throughout when
second observation gave observed longitude 179O 58’ E, Azimuth 205O. DR used for second observation was
calculated from ITP of the first observation.
Find ship’s position at the time of second observation.

Q.5 On 22nd Sept 1992 in DR 24O 30’ N sextant altitude of Moon UL East of meridian at GMT 22D 06H 17M 18S
was 35O 45.4’. If IE was 2.2’ off the arc and HE was 15 mtrs, find the direction of position line and position to
draw it by intercept method.

Q.6 On 1st May 1992 PM at ship in DR 30O 10’ S 010O 30’ E sext alt of star Sirius at GMT 01d 19h 10m 45s was
36O 49.2’. If IE was 2.1’ on the arc and HE was 11 meters find the direction of position line and position to
draw it by intercept method.

Q.7 a) On 16th Jan 1992 in DR 011O20’W observed meridian altitude of Star Markab North of observer was 52O
46.9’> if HE was 12.7 meters find direction of position line and latitude to draw it. Calculate GMT
meridian passage of star to nearest second.
b) On 19th Jan 92 in DR 30O N 060O 35’E 0310 hrs LMT. Compass bearing of Moon at GMT 23H 10M 00S was
269OC. If variation was 2.7OW find deviation of the compass heading.

Q.8 On 24th Aug 92 at ship in DR 40O S, 175O 30’ W Sextant altitude of Sun UL near the meridian at GMT 23H
27M 12S was 39O 26’. If IE was 2.0’ on the arc and HE was 17.5 meters, find the direction of position line
and latitude to draw same.
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 12TH March-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) Define and explain:
i) Sidereal hour Angle ii) Sensible Horizon iii) Equinoctial
b) What do you understand by “Precession of Equinoxes”? How it caused and what are its effects?

Q.2 For an observer in position 00ON 022OW, the True altitude of a star is 59O 24’ and T’Az, is 210O, calculate
the Geographical position.

Q.3 Explain with suitable sketchers:

a) Why stars rise 4 minutes earlier each day?
b) Venue is a morning of evening star.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
O O
Q.4 At 0440 hrs by ship’s clock on a vessel in DR position 52 21’N, 027 50’W, an observation of star ‘Deneb’
on the meridian gave latitude 52O26’N, A second sight, obtained at 0500 hrs of star ‘Capella’, when worked
using the original Dr, gave azimuth 300OT, intercept 3 M towards respectively. The ship was steering 000 O (T),
at 6 kts. Find by plotting the ship’s position at 0500 hrs.

Q.5 On 25th Feb 1992, in Dr 35O 18’S 088O 52.6’W, the sextant altitude of the moon’s UL was 47 O 12.4’ at GMT
25d 15h 11m 20s, HE 18m, IE 0.5’ off the arc. Find the observed longitude and direction of PL.

Q.6 On 19TH Jan 1992, in DR 00O 02’N 170O 50’E, the sextant altitude of the star BETELGUESE was 43 O 11.1’ at
19d 07h 35m 02s, GMT. If He was 18m, and I.E 1.3’ off the arc, find the intercept and the direction of the PL.

Q.7 a) On 14TH October 1992 in DR Long 105O 20’W, the sextant alt of Mars on the meridian was 62O 12.5’
North of the observer. If HE was 12m and IE 3.0’ on the arc. Find the observed latitude and position line.
b) On 14th June 1992, in D.R. lat 20O N long. 36OW, the Moon rose bearing, 116OC. If the variation was
3OW, find the deviation on the ship’s head.

Q.8 On 4th March 1992, in DR. 27O 28’N 168O 10’W, the sextant altitude of the Sun’s L.L. near the meridian was
56O 18.8’ when the GPS showed 04d 23h 13m 43s GMT. H.E. was 11m and I.E. 2.6’ on the arc, find the
direction of PL and position through which it passes.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9TH January-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVIGATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 a) With the help of suitable diagram define the following:
i) First point of Aries ii) LHA
b) If the Sun Rose at 0605 hrs LMT and set at 1743 hrs LMT, find the value of equation of time.

Q.2 a) What conditions are necessary for a heavenly body to

i) Be circumpolar ii) Cross Prime Vertical iii) Rise bearing True east

b) Explain the factors which govern period of daylight for any observer.

Q.3 A vessel in position 46O 05.0’N 022O 20’W observes the True Altitude of a body to be 34 O 31’ when it is on
the prime vertical west of the meridian. Calculate the G.P. of the body.

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION.4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING FOUR.
(35 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 In DR 33 18’S 000 12.6’W a stellar observation gave an intercept of 4.2’ away, bearing 241 O (T). After
O O

steaming 090O (T) for 123 miles another astronomical observation gave an observed longitude of 002 O 20’E
bearing 090O (T). The position used for the second sight was obtained by allowing run from the first ITP. Find
the position of the ship at the second observation.

Q.5 On 05th March 1992 AM, in DR 30O11’S 147O 10’E, a sextant altitude of the Sun’s LL at GMT 04th d 22h 56m
04s was 35O59.1’. If the IE 0.3’ off the arc and HE was 30m. Find the direction of PI and the longitude where it
crosses the DR Lat.

Q.6 On 01st May 1992, PM, in DR 27O54’S 179O18’W, an intercept was worked using Jupiter. The sextant
altitude of Jupiter was 46O25.5’ at GMT 06h20m42s. If IE was 1.3’ off the arc, HE was 19m. Find the direction
of the PI and the position through which it passes.

Q.7 a) On 21st Jan 1992, at 0320 ship’s time, in DR 44O12’N 122O 18’E, the star DENEB bore 031.5OC. If the
variation was 5OE and the difference between ship’s time and GMT is 7hrs, find the deviation.

b) On 22nd SEP 1992, in DR 30O06’N 179O 45’W the setting Sun bore 275O(C). If the variation was 2OW, find
the deviation of the compass.

Q.8 Find the position line and position through which it passes in the following case:
DR 28O25’N 027O25’W, the sextant altitude of the POLE STAR was 27 O45’, IE 1.0’ off the arc and HE 16m,
month March & GHA Aries 276O 14.4’.

*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 11th May-2017 (Batch-2)
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use nautical almanac 1992.
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permitted, however, each step should be clearly shown.
SECTION I – PRINCIPLES OF NAVITATION
ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS OUT OF THREE (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 Explain and show in case of Polaris
Latitude = True Altitude + - small correction.
b) Explain in details three main systems of defining a position on the celestial sphere.

Q.2 a) Find the latitude within which star Dubhe on 10th Oct. 1992
i. Will cross observer’s prime vertical
ii. Will be circumpolar
iii. Will Never Rise
b) Describe how the axial tilt of the earth, cause different seasons in North hemisphere.

Q.3 Find observer position if True Altitude of sun is 44 O 10’, when bearing 090O True and Declination at that
instant is 11O13’ N and GHA sun is 00O 08.3’

SECTION II – PRACTICAL NAVIGATION

QUESTION 4. IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY THREE OUT OF REMAINING FOUR. (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.4 In DR 49O30’ S 69O14’ E, an observation of a heavenly body gave an intercept of 9.5’ (T) on an azimuth of
056O (T). Vessel then steamed on a course of 144O(T) for 35 miles when the 2nd observation of a heavenly body
gave an intercept of 8.2’(T) on an azimuth of 324O(T). Find the position of the vessel at the time of 2nd
observation. The second sight was worked from I.T.P. run up.

Q.5 In DR 35O 03’S, 087O 11’E, on 25th Feb 1992, AM, the sextant altitude of Moon’s UL was found to be 46O
29.5’ at 03h 11m 20s GMT. If HE was 22m and IE was 1.5’ on the arc. Find the longitude where PL cuts the DR
latitude and the direction of position line.

Q.6 On 31st Aug 1992, on a ship in DR 60O 06’N 066O 18’W, the sextant altitude of Mars was 41O 32.4’ when
GMT was 08h 15m 02s. If IE was 2.1’ on the arc, HE was 10m, calculate the intercept and direction of PL.

Q.7 a) On 21st January 1992, a vessel in DR position 24O 36’S 110O 20’W observes the sextant altitude of Sun LL
on the meridian to be 85O05.5’. If IE is 1.6’ off the arc and HE 10M.
Calculate the latitude required for plotting the PL. Also, find the GMT of meridian passage to the exact second
using equation of time. (20 Marks)
b) For a vessel in DR position 27O40’N 003O26’E, compute the sextant altitude of pole star on 24th February
1992 at GMT 17h 34m 00s (IE is 2.6’ off the arc and HE 21m). (15 Marks)

Q.8 a) On 6th March 1992 in EP 52O 12’N 170O 40’E, the sextant altitude of the Sun UL near the meridian was
31O59.8’ when the GMT showed 06d 01h 27m 30s. If the IE was 2.3’ on the arc and the HE was 40m, calculate
the direction of the PL and a position through which it passes. (32 marks)
b) Find the approximate ex-meridian limits for the observation of Sun, using the information provided in
question 8(a). (03 marks)
*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
 Keep Visiting www.owaysonline.com for latest notes Email:- admin@owaysonline.com
Phone:- 77159 32112

(Paper Format)
Duration: 3 hrs. SECOND MATE (F.G.) Maximum Marks: 200

Pass Marks: 120

SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

Note: 1. Questions IN PART- A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.

2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part -B and carry 25 marks each.

PART A

1. M.V. HINDSHIP QUESTION ( GZ, LIST) or CALCULATION OF CHANGE IN TRIM DUE TO LOADING,
DISCHARGING OR SHIFTING OF A SINGLE WEIGHT/ CALCULATION OF FINAL TRIM, FORWARD AND
AFT DRAFTS (USING TRIM TABLES ONLY)

2. CONSTANT DATA QUESTION ON STABILITY.

3. SHIP CONSTRUCTION (SKETCH & LABEL)

PART B

4. MARPOL /BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT

5. SHIP SAFETY/ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

6. SAFE WORKING PRACTICES/ CHECKLISTS.

7. SHIP CONSTRUCTION THEORY

8. MARITIME LEGISLATION (SOLAS/ ISPS / ISM )

9. LEADERSHIP AND TEAM WORKING SKILLS

Please note that the above format is only an indicative of the examination paper. The candidates are advised to refer to
detailed teaching syllabus and the course outline.
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 1st November-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part – A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt any 5 out of 6 questions from Part – B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M.V. Hindship in condition No. 8 has to discharge 300 tonnes prior to be sailing. Calculate the position
with respect to A.P., from where this weight is to be discharged to enable her to sail trimmed 1.5 m by stern.
Also find the sailing drafts F and A. (25 marks)

Q.2 A ship arrives port drawing 8.5 m fwd and 9.7 m aft. She has to load 600 t of cargo. The space is available
60 m fwd and 40 m aft of COF, which is mid-ship.
McTc = 250 tm and TPC = 20. Find how to distribute this 600 t of cargo if the ship is to finish loading 0.5 m by
the stern. State also the final drafts fwd and aft. (25 marks)

Q.3 Sketch and Label Water cooled stern tube. (25 marks)

PART – B
Q.4 a) Explain what all information are available in Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP). (15 marks)
b) Describe Oil Record Book. (10 marks)

Q.5 a) Prepare a checklist for carrying out painting inside enclosed spaces. (10 marks)
b) Identify various hazards when working aloft towards risk assessment. (15 marks)

Q.6 A seaman is to enter the duct keel on your vessel with yourself for inspection. Write down the Risk
Assessment to be complied with along with the checklist needed for man entry. (25 marks)

Q.7 Describe the following terms with suitable sketches are applicable:
a) Panting b) Rake c) Propeller Skew d) Pitch e) Boss

Q.8 a) Explain the role of Classification Societies in the marine industry. (15 Marks)
b) With Respect to UNCLOS, explain base line, continental shelf and EEZ. (10 Marks)

Q.9 a) Explain Situational awareness while keeping bridge watch. (10 Marks)
b) Importance of Management of i) Fatigue ii) Motivation (15 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 1st October-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part – A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt any 5 out of 6 questions from Part – B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A

Q.1 A vessel of displacement 18,000 Tons is upright and has KM: 9.70m, FSM: 2971. A heavy lift of 90 Tons is
on board at Kg: 10.90m, 7m to port of the centerline, is to be discharge into a barge, when the derrick will be
plumbed 12m to starboard of the centerline and the head of the derrick will be 29m above the keel.
Determine the maximum permissible KG of the vessel if the list is not to exceed 5 O during the discharge
operations.

Q.2 M. V. Hindship, displacement 19050 Tons is floating on even keel draft in D.W.  = 1.015 T/m3. She has to
load 487 Tons of cargo. Determine the location of cargo with respect to AP, so that in final condition she will
trimmed 20 cms by stern. Also determine the aft draft in D.W. after completion of loading.

Q.3 Draw a sketch of aft peak tank showing the various panting and pounding arrangements. Label all parts.

PART – B

Q.4 a) Explain situational awareness. How situational awareness reduces the possibility of human errors?
b) Explain the key elements of effective resources management?

Q.5 With respect to UNCLOS write short notes on:

a) Territorial Water b) Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ)

Q.6 a) What are special areas as per Annex I & II of the MARPOL 73/78?
b) What are the discharge criteria from cargo spaces of an oil tanker as per MARPOL 73/78?
c) What is the information available in the Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP)?

Q.7 Explain the following features in ships construction and their purpose:
a) Camber b) Rise of floor c) Rake of stem d) Sheer

Q.8 a) With respect to risk assessment explain i) Hazard ii) Risk and iii) Competent person
b) Explain the various proactive measures to be taken to protect the marine environment.

Q.9 a) Enumerate the function of the safety committee on board the ship.
b) What safety precautions need to be taken for doing hot work in ballast tanks?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 1st Sept-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part – A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt any 5 out of 6 questions from Part – B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hindship at a draft of F: 6.92 m, A: 8.15m, loads 215 Tonnes in No: 2 hold and consumes
50T of FW from No: 8 Tank (Stbd), calculate final draft Forward and Aft.

Q.2 A ship arrives port drawing 8.5m fwd and 9.7m aft. She has to load 600t of cargo. The space is
available 60m fwd and 40m aft of COF, which is mid-ship. McTc = 250 tm and TPC = 20. Find how to
distribute this 600t of cargo if the ship is to finish loading 0.5m by the stern. State also the final
drafts fwd and aft.

Q.3 Sketch and Label a water cooled Stern tube.

PART – B
Q.4 State the rules as per MARPOL for disposal of following from a chemical tanker carrying Annex II
cargo in both special and outside special areas.
a) Cargo resides of Category X, Y and Z from cargo Tanks
b) E/ R Bilge water.

Q.5 Write short notes on:

a) Garbage Management Plan (8 Marks)
b) Oil Record Book (8 Marks)
c) SMPEP (9 Marks)

Q.6 a) Define Particularly Sensitive Areas (PSSA). State the names of PSSA (12 Marks)
b) Explain the precautions to be taken while bunkering alongside a berth and immediate action to be
taken in case of oil spill on deck. (13 Marks)

Q.7 With respect to risk assessment, explain following:

a) Hazard b) Risk c) Competent Person

Q.8 Describe the differences between panting and pounding stresses. What structural arrangements
are provided to withstand these stresses.

Q.9 a) How will you conduct a safety committee meeting on board and what are the responsibilities
of a safety officer. (12 Marks)
b) What are the advantages of team work. (13 Marks)
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd Aug-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part – A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt any 5 out of 6 questions from Part – B and carry 25 marks each.
PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hindship floating at a mean draft of 7.12 m in water of RD = 1.008, KG 6.12 m, loads 900 t
of cargo in 3 TD, 2m off CL to port and 200 t in no. 4 td 2.5 m to stbd of CL. An 80 t lift is discharged
from deck kg 14.1 m cg 4 m to port of CL. Calculate her final mean draft and angle of list if the FSC in
final condition was 0.12m.

Q.2 A vessel with displacement 10000 T length – 100 mtr, drafts F – 6.00 mtr, A – 7.00 mtr, KM – 10
mtr, KG – 7.8 mtr, TPC – 25. Vessel is still to load more by 0.2 mtr, MCTC – 150 tm, HF is at 2 mtr aft
of midship, FSM – 370 tm. Find the cargo to load.

Q.3 Sketch and Label construction of Fore Peak tank. Explain why its construction is different from
other tanks on the ship and what additional measures are taken to strengthen it further.

PART – B
Q.4 a) Explain what all information are available in Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP).
(Marks 15)
b) Describe Oil Record Book (Marks 10)

Q.5 a) There is fire in Engine Room. Describe the procedure to fight it. (Marks 15)
b) As per Code of Safe working practices explain the precautions to be taken for painting ship side in
the port. (Marks 10)

Q.6 Recently in Mumbai Harbor, a pilot lost his life while boarding the ship in rough weather. Make a
root cause analysis & describe the action you would take to minimize this risk in future.

Q.7 Differentiate between following with suitable sketches.

a) Panting and Pounding b) Sheer and Flare c) Camber and Rise of Floor
d) Stress and Strain e) Hog and Sag

Q.8 Write short notes on:

a) Exclusive Economic Zone
b) Certificates issued under ISM Code.
c) Hours of rest as per STCW 2010.

Q.9 a) Do you agree it is beneficial to be passive rather than aggressive or assertive? Justify
(Marks 10)
b) Describe the essential qualities of Team Leader. (Marks 15)
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 12th July-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part – A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt any 5 out of 6 questions from Part – B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hindship displacing 16398T, KG 7.15m, FSC 0.08m, discharged 280T, kg 6.20 CG 1.4 off CL
stbd and loaded 280T Kg 6.20m, CG 3.5m to stbd of CL. A 70T of parcel of cargo was shifted
horizontally from 3.6m port of CL to 1.2m port of CL. Calculate the resultant list.

Q.2 A ship loaded to her summer draft and floating in SW, KG 7.85m, KM 8.05m, FSM 1500 tm,
discharges 300 ts of cargo from KG 14m. After discharge she enters in docks and found floating to
her summer draft in water of R.D. 1.010. Determine the GM (F) in the final condition.

Q.3 Draw a neat sketch of midship section of longitudinally framed self trimming bulk carrier and
label its parts.

PART – B
Q.4 Explain with respect to Marpol 73/78.
a) Emission Control Areas. (Marks 5)
b) Ship Board Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP) (Marks 5)
c) Garbage record book (Marks 5)
d) With help of suitable diagram, explain the working of Sewage treatment plant fitted on board.
(Marks 10)

Q.5 Explain the precautions to be taken while bunkering alongside a berth and immediate actions to
be taken in case of oil spill on deck.

Q.6 As per Code of Safe Working Practices, explain the precautions to be taken for:
a) Painting Funnel b) Entry into enclosed space.

Q.7 Describe following terms with neat diagram where appropriate:

a) Camber b) Load Displacement c) Angle of Loll
d) FWA e) TPC

Q.8 What do you understand by UNCLOS, with respect to UNCLOS write short notes on:
a) Territorial Waters b) Exclusive Economic Zone

Q.9 What are the attributes of successful team leader? Explain how would you motivate and
educate the crew on board in order to imbibe safety consciousness awareness into their day to day
lives.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th April-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part – A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt any 5 out of 6 questions from Part – B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hind-ship floating at a displacement of 19150 tonnes, KG – 6.65, FSC - 0.042 m, has yet to
loads Locomotives weighing 76 tonnes each with her own gear. The first locomotive is placed on
deck (Quay side), cg 13.83 m above the base and 6 meters from C/L. The derrick then plumbs the
quay with its head 21.5 m above the base and 13m from C/L and lifts the second locomotive to be
placed on deck on the other side. Calculate the maximum list during the operation.

Q.2 An oil tanker 150m long, displacement 12500 tons, MCTC 200 leaves port with drafts 7.2 m
forward and 7.4 m Aft. There is 550 tons of fuel in the forward deep tank (Centre of gravity 70m
forward of the centre of floatation) and 600 tons in the after deep tank (Centre of gravity 60m aft of
centre of floatation). The centre of floatation is 1m aft of amid ship. During the sea passage 450 tons
of oil is consumed from aft. Find how much oil must be transferred from the forward tank to the aft
tank if the ship is to arrive on an even keel.

Q.3 Draw and label the Longitudinally framed double bottom tank. Enlist the benefits of a double
bottom tank.
PART – B
Q.4 Under Annex – I of Marpol 73/78, explain the discharge criteria for oily mixtures from cargo
areas and Machinery spaces.

Q.5 Write in detail, the precautions to be taken and procedure to be followed for receiving HFO
bunkers. Draw up a check list listing out the precautionary checks being carried out.

Q.6 Identify various possible hazards as to why an enclosed space should be considered “Potentially
Dangerous”.

Q.7 Describe the following terms with suitable sketches as applicable:

a) Panting b) Rake c) Propeller Skew d) Pitch e) Boss

Q.8 a) Explain the role of Classification Societies in the marine industry. (15 Marks)
b) With respect to UNCLOS, explain base line, continental shelf and EEZ. (10 Marks)

Q.9 a) Define “Situational Awareness” (5 Marks)

b) What are the six barriers to situational awareness (10 Marks)
c) Explain the need for familiarization with work environment and procedures on board ship for new
joiners. (10 Marks)
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 1st March-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part – A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part – B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A

Q.1 M. V. Hind-ship in condition No. 3, sustained damage aft. To affect repairs, it is required to
reduce the aft draft to 4.5m by loading 518 tons in the fore part of the vessel. Find how far abaft the
fore perpendicular, this weight should be loaded?

Q.2 A ship arrives port drawing 8.5m fwd and 9.7 m aft. She has to load 600t of cargo. The space is
available 60m fwd and 40m aft of COF, which is mid-ship. McTc = 250 tm and TPC = 20. Find how to
distribute this 600 t of cargo if the ship is to finish loading 0.5m by the stern. State also the final
drafts fwd and aft.

Q.3 Neatly sketch and label access openings for cargo tanks on an oil tanker. Illustrate their purpose
and salient features.

PART – B

Q.4 State the purpose and contents of the following documents as per MARPOL 73/78:
a) Oil Record Book b) SOPEP Manual c) Garbage Record book
d) VRP e) Cargo Record Book

Q.5 a) Define Special area as per Marpol and list out special areas for Annex IV & V.
b) Explain the precautions to be taken while bunkering alongside a berth and immediate actions to
be taken in case of oil spill on deck.

Q.6 a) What is a Safety Committee and what are its functions.

b) With respect to the code of safe working practices describe the precautions to be taken when
welding repair to be carried on deck fire line.

Q.7 a) Describe various types of framing in use on ships and illustrate their uses and features.
b) Describe Floors, beams, brackets, pillows and Girders.

Q.8 a) Describe objectives and the functional requirements of ISPS code.

b) Describe the precautions to be taken during mooring / unmooring and when alongside?

Q.9 a) Explain why situational awareness is important for the safe running of the ship?
b) How to plan, coordinate and assign work to personnel.
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 11th December-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS:
200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part – B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hind-ship in condition No. 3, sustained damage aft. To affect repairs, it is required to
reduce the aft draft to 4.5m by loading 518 tons in the fore part of the vessel.
Find how far abaft the fore perpendicular, this weight should be loaded?

Q.2 A ship of 10,000 t displacement has an initial GM of a 0.5 m, FSM 120 TM is listed 2 O to
starboard. A shift in grain cargo of 100 t took place by 6 m horizontally to starboard 2m vertically
upward. Find the resultant list.

Q.3 Draw a neat sketch and label Bilge and Ballast Piping on board a ship.

PART – B
Q.4 a) Explain D1 and D2 standards of Ballast Water Management. (15 Marks)
b) Explain with a diagram the Sewage Treatment Plant on board your ship. (10 Marks)

Q.5 Your crew is required to pain the funnel of your ship. Prepare a Risk Assessment and the
Checklist required prior the operation.

Q.6 Write in detail the procedure to be taken prior doing hot work on main deck of a cargo ship.

Q.7 Write short notes on:

a. Sheer b. Stringer Plate c. Stealer Plate
d. Garboard Strake e. Hogging & Sagging

Q.8 Write short notes on:

a) Brief on DOC & SMC as per ISM Code. (10 marks)
b) Explain the information available on Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan.
(SOPEP) (15 marks)

Q.9 Effective communication & situational awareness helps in smooth running of ships. Explain with
as on board situation.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 1st December-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hindship in condition No. 8 has to discharge 300 tonnes prior to sailing. Calculate the position
with respect to A.P., from where this weight is to be discharged to enable her to sail trimmed 1.5m by
stern. Also find the sailing drafts F and A. (25 marks)

Q.2 A ship loaded to her summer draft and floating in SW, KG 7.85m, KM 8.05m, FSM 1500 tm,
discharges 300 Ts of cargo from KG 14m. After discharge she enters in docks and found floating to her
summer draft in water of R.D. 1.010. Determine the GM (F) in the final condition. (25 marks)

Q.3 Sketch and label Water cooled stern tube. (25 marks)

PART – B
Q.4 a) Explain any two methods predominantly used for Ballast Water Exchange and precautions during
such operations. (15 marks)
b) W.r.t. Annex V list out for food waste discharge criteria. (10 marks)

Q.5 a) Prepare a checklist for carrying out painting inside enclosed spaces. (10 marks)
b) Identify various hazards when working aloft towards risk assessment. (15 marks)

Q.6 a) Explain the duties of a safety officer and safety representative on board a vessel. (10 marks)
b) State the objective of ISM Code. (15 marks)

Q.7 Describe the following terms with suitable sketches as applicable:

a) Panting b) Rake c) Propeller Skew d) Pitch e) Boss

Q.8 a) Explain the role of Classification Societies in the marine industry. (10 marks)
b) In the context of ISM code explain:
i) Objective of SMS ii) Near Miss iii) Non-Conformity (15 marks)

Q.9 a) Explain Situational awareness while keeping bridge watch. (10 marks)
b) Importance of Management of: i) Fatigue ii) Motivation (15 marks)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9th November-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hindship floating at a hydrostatic draft of 5.5m, KG 7.53m, FSC in the final condition 0.104m,
has to load 1200 tonnes of cargo in no. 2 hold and no. 2 TD. Find the amount of cargo to be loaded in
each space to complete the ship with a GM (fluid) of 1.0m.

Q.2 A ship of displacement 7000t, KG 7.0m, has to load a parcel of cargo of 1600 t at the centerline and
thereafter a heavy lift of 95 t using her own derrick, the head of which is 25 m above the keel with an
outreach of 15 m from the centerline. If her KM in final condition is 8.0 m, at what maximum Kg should
1600 t be loaded so that when the heavy lift is being loaded, list will not exceed 9 O?

Q.3 Sketch and label a neat diagram of forepeak tank.

PART – B
Q.4 a) What is a special area as defined by MARPOL 73/78? List the special area for Annex I and Annex
V.
b) What are the discharge criteria for disposal of garbage at sea?

Q.5 a) Describe the composition of safety committee and the agenda for monthly Safety Committee
meeting.
b) Explain the precautions to be taken during the ballast water exchange at sea.

Q.6 As per Code of safe working practices, explain the precautions to be taken for:
i) Embarkation of Pilot.
ii) Carrying out hot work onboard ship.

Q.7 Define the following with sketches where appropriate:

a) Camber b) Rise of floor c) Flare d) Shear e) Rake

Q.8 Explain the contents of “Five Titles” of MLC, 2006.

Q.9 a) What is motivation? Explain any one theory to use for motivation.
b) Describe the essential attributes of effective team leader.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 1st October-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hindship in a river Port of Density 1.014 is at drafts F: 4.5m, A: 6.0m, LCG= 71.62m. She loads 470t, Leg
= 60.20m. Find her final drafts.

Q.2 A vessel with displacement 25500 T, KM 10.5m, KG 10.0 m, has a pair of rectangular double bottom wing
(port & stbd) tanks on either side of the centerline 15m long x 10m wide x 5m deep. Calculate the list produced
if one of the double bottom wing tanks is filled to 50% with SW ballast.

Q.3 Sketch and label a side profile view of a transom stern showing the propeller and a semi-balanced rudder.

PART – B
Q.4 a) List the different categories of garbage as per MARPOL, Annex V.
b) List the discharge criteria of garbage as per MARPOL, Annex V.
c) List the records to be maintained as per MARPOL, Annex V. (5+10+10 marks)

Q.5 As the officer in charge of maintenance of safety equipment, enumerate the weekly and monthly
maintenance checks to be carried out on safety equipment.

Q.6 Prepare detailed Risk Assessment for “WORKING ALOFT” as per COSWP for the maintenance of ship’s mast
including hazard identification and control measures.

Q.7 Sketch and describe:

i) Corrugated Bulkhead ii) Chain Locker iii) Beam Knees

Q.8 a) List any 10 statutory certificates to be carried on a general cargo ship as mentioned in SOLAS.
b) Briefly state the salient points of guidance and requirements for rest hours for watch keepers as per STCW
2010.

Q.9 Describe a role of a team leader incharge of mooring stations. Enumerate the team building initiatives that
you should apply to ensure safe and efficient operations.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 09th March-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A

Q.1 M. V. Hindship floating at a draft of F 5.20m & A 7.40m, LCG 70.47m, fwd of AP, loads 1000t of cargo,
100.5m fwd of AP. Calculate her (i) Final Displacement (ii) Final Hydrostatic Draft
(iii) Final Draft F & A.

Q.2 From a ship of 8000t, KM 8.6M, KG 8.0m, some deck cargo was washed overboard (KG 10.0, 8.0m from
centre line). If the resultant list is 3O then find the quantity lost if the FSM was 800TM.

Q.3 Sketch and label transform stern of a large ocean-going ship showing connections to the ship’s frame.

PART – B

Q.4 Explain / Enlist, with respect to MARPOL 73/78;

a) Discharge criteria for discharging oily water mixtures from machinery spaces inside special areas.
b) Cargo Record Book for chemical tankers
c) Garbage Management Plan
d) Emission Control Areas

Q.5 Draw the starboard side load lines of cargo vessel with following particulars: summer draft: 7.200m,
summer displacement: 18000Ts, TPC at 7.2m, draft: 20. Describe the dimensions and distances between various
load lines.

Q.6 Write in detail the precautions to be taken prior doing hot work inside the ballast tank adjacent to cargo oil
tank.

Q.7 Describe with neat sketches the construction features in a ship to compensate for panting and pounding.

Q.8 Write short notes on the following:

a) OPA-90
b) Civil Liability Convention
c) London Dumping Convention

Q.9 a) Explain situational awareness while keeping Bridge watch.

b) What are the tools for effective communication and how does it help improve team work on board ships.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 08th Jan-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hindship floating at a mean draft of 5.5 mt, KG 7.53 m, FSC in the final condition 0.104m, has
to load 1200 tonnes of cargo in No.2 hold and No. 2 TD. Find the amount of cargo to be loaded in each
space to complete the ship with a GM (Fluid) of 1m.

Q.2 A ship displacing 18000 tonnes, KG 7.0 m, KM 7.9 m is to load 70 tonnes. The crane’s head is 40m
above the keel and 16m to stbd of Ship’s centerline. Find the maximum list and the final list when the
weight is loaded 5 m to stbd of centerline at a height 12m above the keel.

Q.3 Sketch and label Mid-Ship section of compositely framed bulk carrier with hopper tanks. What is
self trimming hold?

PART – B
Q.4 State the function of following documents as per MARPOL 73/78:
a) Oil Record Book b) SOPEP Manual c) Garbage Management Plan
List out the information available in each.

Q.5 List the precautions for purging and gas freeing on an oil tanker.

Q.6 With reference to ‘Code of Safe working practices for Merchant Seaman’, explain the precautions
to be taken for hot work on main deck of a Bulk carrier.

Q.7 a) Explain panting and pounding stresses.

b) How is the ship strengthened against panting and pounding stresses?

Q.8 a) What are functions and objectives of ISM Code?

b) What are the duties of ship security officer?

Q.9 a) Explain the duties and responsibilities of seafarers under MLC 2006.
b) What are the factors which can contribute to fatigue?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 11th November-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M. V. Hiondship floating in sea water at a draft of F 8.40M & A 8.80M, LCG 72.34M fwd of AP,
discharges 300t of Cargo, from no. 5 LTD. Calculate her
i) Final displacement
ii) Final Hydrostatic draft
iii) Final Draft F & A

Q.2 A box shaped vessel 65m x 12m x 8m has KG = 4m and is floating in salt water upright on an even
keel at 4m draft F & A. Calculate the GZ at 5 degrees heel.

Q.3 Sketch and label the Mid-Ship section of a large crude carrier.

PART – B
Q.4 State the rules as per MARPOL 73/78 for disposal of following from a chemical tanker carrying
Annex II cargo in both special and outside special areas – Cargo residue of Category X, Y and Z from
cargo tanks.

Q.5 Gas cutting and welding of a pipeline has to be carried out on main deck. How will you conduct a
risk assessment for this work and state the precautions to be taken before and during the operation.

Q.6 a) Describe the duties and responsibilities of a safety officer as contained in the Code of Safe
Working Practices (COSWP).
b) Make a checklist for permit to work in an enclosed space.

Q.7 Write short Notes along with uses and sketches on:
a) Tumblehome b) Keel Rake c) Gussett Plate d) Torsion Stress

Q.8 a) Write briefly about: DOC and SMC as per ISM code and DOS and CSR as per ISPS code.
b) Explain the information available in Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP).

Q.9 List out some traits of a good leader? How effective communication does helps in smooth running
of ships. Explain with on board situations.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th Sept-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART – A

Q.1 It is required to lead 220 tonnes of cargo on M. V. Hindship in condition No. 2. Find where this weight should
be loaded to keep after draft uncharged.

Q.2 A ship of displacement 10000t has No. 3 & 4 DB tanks full of oil of RD 0.95. The tanks are 15m long, 12m
wide and 2m depth. HFO is consumed from No. 3 port till a sounding of 1.2m is obtained. If KM is 7.8m, KG is
7.075m, calculate the list.

Q.3 Sketch and label the Mid-Ship section of a container vessel.

PART – B

Q.4 State the discharge criteria as per MARPOL Annex I and Annex IV?

Q.5 a) Explain the procedure for Entry into Enclosed space.

b) Prepare a risk assessment matrix for painting of the funnel of your ship.

Q.6 a) How would you motivate your crew for safe operations during mooring situations?
b) What is meant by Resource Management?

Q.7 Define the following with suitable sketches:

a) Rake b) Deck line c) Margin Line d) Shear Strake

Q.8 a) Write short notes w.r.t. the ISM Code: i) Audit ii) DOC iii) SMC
b) State the different security levels as per the ISPS Code and your actions as duty officer in port at each level.

Q.9 With respect to ship board personnel management explain in brief the followings:
a) Importance of management of fatigue.
b) Importance of assertiveness.
c) Importance of motivation.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9th July-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART – A

Q.1 M.V. Hindship at a displacement of 13750 t, KG 7.28 m, and FSM 1095 tm is listed 2 O to stbd and has yet to
load 365 tonnes of cargo. Space is available in No. 3 TD, 1.8 m to stbd of centre line and in No.5 UTD, 5.5 m to
port of centre line. Find the amount of cargo to be loaded in each space so that the ship will be upright on
completion.

Q.2 A ship arrives port drawing 9.0 m even keel draft. She has to load 600 t of cargo. The space is available 60 m
fwd and 40 m aft of COF, which is mid-ship.
McTc = 250 tm and TPC = 20. Find How to distribute this 600 t of cargo if the ship is to finish loading 0.5 m by the
stern. State also the final drafts fwd and aft.

Q.3 Sketch and label a neat diagram off fore peak tank. Explain how the panting and pounding stresses are
counteracted.

PART – B

Q.4 State the requirement of MARPOL 73/78 convention for the discharge of oily mixture from machinery
spaces. List the entries to be made in the ORB under this section.

Q.5 What precautions you will take before carrying out painting in topside ballast tank of a bulk carrier.

Q.6 Write short notes on following with suitable sketches as required:

a) Stealer plate
b) Flare
c) Localized stresses
d) Transverse stresses

Q.7 Carry out a risk assessment as per Code of safe working practices for pilot boarding arrangements at night
using a combination ladder. Make appropriate assumptions as applicable.

Q.8 Write short notes on followings:

a) Document of Compliance and Safety Management Certificate as per ISM Code.
b) Declaration of Security and Continuous Synopsis Record as per ISPS Code.

Q.9 Define Team work. What are the factors affecting performance of an individual while working in a Team?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 3rd May-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART – A

Q.1 M.V. Hindship at a draft of F 5.38m, A 6.17m, GM (F) 0.73m, FSC 0.085m, discharges 370 t, from no.3 TD,
Veg 10.2 m and Loads 260 t in No. 5 LTD, 250 t of fuel oil was received equally distributed in no.2 DB tanks (P &
S). Calculate her GM (F).

Q.2 A ship of 10000 t displacement is floating in SW and has KM of 10.8m and KG of 9.0m. She is listed 10 O to
stbd. She has two rectangular deep tanks, one on either side each 12m long, 12m wide and 9m deep. The stbd
tank is full of FW and port tank is empty. If FW is to be transferred from the starboard tank to the port tank find:
i. The quantity of FW to be transferred to bring the ship upright.
ii. The list of two thirds off the original FW is transferred to the port tank.

Q.3 Sketch and label a hatch corner, showing the various strengthening arrangements. Also explain how the
strength is compensated for the openings on the main deck in way of hold.

PART – B

Q.4 a) With reference to Annex I of MARPOL 73/78, list out the entries to be made in the oil record book Part-I
and Part-II.
b) What are the various cargo categories under annex 2 of MARPOL and their discharge criteria?

Q.5 a) What precautions and procedures are to be followed in rigging boarding arrangements for a Pilot?
b) Explains the precautions to be taken during ballast exchange?

Q.6 Describe the duties and responsibilities of a health and Safety officer as per Code of safe working practices.
Explain the steps that should be taken to ensure safe working practices while working at:-
a) Anchor stations b) Galley

Q.7 With suitable sketches, describe panting and pounding stresses and their nature in a seaway and also the
measures to be taken to counteract these stresses.

Q.8 With respect to UNCLOS, write short notes on followings:

a) Territorial waters, b) Exclusive economic zones (EEZ) c) Base Line d) Contiguous Zone.

Q.9 Define Situation Awareness. What are the six barriers to Situation Awareness? How Situation Awareness
reduces the possibility of human errors.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th March-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART – A

Q.1 M.V. Hindship sails in condition no.6. On the voyage, she is expected to consume 230 tonnes of fuel oil from
no.3 DB tank and no.7 DB tanks. Find the amount to be consumed from each tank to arrive on an even keel.

Q.2 A vessel of W = 6550 t, KG = 6.0 m has to load further 1500t of cargo. At what KG should it be loaded if the
ship has to ensure Righting Moment of 350 mt at heel of 3O. KM in final condition is 7.0m.

Q.3 Sketch and label mid ship section of compositely framed cargo ship.

PART – B

Q.4 Explain contents of garbage management plan and entries to be made in garbage record book.

Q.5 a) Explain the precautions to be taken whilst bunkering.

b) Describe the working off sewage treatment plant with a block diagram.

Q.6 a) Describe the safety precautions that need to be taken while working aloft.
b) What precautions are required prior entering an enclosed space?

Q.7 Explain the following ship stresses and describe various structural members available to compensate these
stresses:
a) Racking, b) Torsional c) Panting d) Pounding

Q.8 Prepare a checklist for preparation of SEQ survey.

Q.9 a) What do you mean by “rest period”? What is meant by “overriding operational conditions”?
b) Explain situational awareness. How situational awareness reduces the possibility of human errors?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd Jan-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART - A
Q.1 M.V. Hind-ship in dock water of R.D. 1.010 is at a draft of F: 7.50 m, A: 7.90 m. She has to load 400t of cargo.
Calculate the position with respect of AP, where this weight should be loaded so that she would be trimmed
1.2m by the stern on completion.

Q.2 M. V. Hind-ship at a displacement of 13750 t, KG 7.28m, and FSM 1095 tm is listed 2 deg to stbd and has yet
to load 365 tonnes of cargo. Space is available in No.3 TD, 1.8m to stbd of centre line and in No.5 UTD, 5.5m to
port of centre line. Find the amount of cargo to be loaded in each space so that the ship will be upright on
completion.

Q.3 Sketch and label a neat diagram of fore peak tank. Explain how the panting and pounding stresses are
counteracted.

PART - B
Q.4 State the requirement of MARPOL 73/78 convention for the discharge of oil & oily mixture from machinery
spaces. List the entries to be made in the ORB under this section.

Q.5 Describe the duties and responsibilities of a health and Safety officer as per Code of safe working practices.
Explain the steps that should be taken to ensure safe working practices while working at:-
(a) Anchor stations (b) Galley

Q.6 Briefly explain following Terms with sketches where appropriate:

(a) Camber (b) Shear (c) Racking Stress
(d) Bilge Keel (e) Rise of Floor

Q.7 Write short notes on the following:

a) DOC and SMC as per ISM code b) DOS and CSR as per ISPS code.

Q.8 With respect to UNCLOS, write short notes on followings:

a) Territorial waters b) Exclusive economic zones (EEZ)
c) Base Line d) Contiguous Zone

Q.9 Define Situation Awareness. What are the six barriers to Situation Awareness? How Situation Awareness
reduces the possibility of human errors.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 1st Nov-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.

PART - A

Q.1 M. V. Hind ship is at a draft of F: 8.778m, Aft: 8.792m, LCG: 72.34m fwd of AP. She discharges 196t of cargo
from No. 5 lower tween deck, calculate the draft fwd and aft.

Q.2 A ship of displacement 14800T KM 10.4, KG 9m was floating upright. Subsequently the following operations
were carried out:-
a) 210 tons loaded at KG 7.2 m, 6m to stbd of centerline.
b) Removed 280 tons from tank, being 7m to port of centerline.
c) 75 tons of ballast was shifted from 3 port DB to 3 stbd DB through 14m.
Find the resultant list.

Q.3 Draw and label a longitudinally framed double bottom of a Modern Bulk Carrier. State the use of a double
bottom tanks.

PART - B

Q.4. a) What is the relevance of Ballast Water Convention in marine environmental protection?
b) Sketch and describe: a) Beam Knees b) Skew of propeller.

Q.5 As per ‘Code of Safe Working Practices’ explain the precautions to be taken for:
(a) Embarkation of Pilot (b) Carrying out Hot work on board ship.

Q.6 (a) Prepare a Risk Assessment checklist for rigging of MOT ladder.
(b) Describe code of safe working practices on board the ship while working on radar scanner.

Q.7 Define: (a) Camber (b) Rise of Floor (c) LBP (d) Deck Line (e) Free Board

Q.8 Write short notes on:

(a) Hours of rest as per STCW 2010 (b) Territorial Waters (c) DPA as defined in ISM Code.

Q.9 (a) Do you agree it is beneficial to be passive rather aggressive or assertive? Justify.
(b) Describe the essential qualities of Team Leader?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th Sept-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART - A
Q.1 M. V. Hindship, Displacement 19050 Ts is floating on even keel draft in D. W. δ = 1.015 T/m 3. She has to load
487 Ts of cargo. Determine the location of cargo with respect to AP, so that in final condition she will trimmed
20 cms by stern. Also determine the aft draft in D.W. after completion of loading.

Q.2 A vessel of displacement 18,000 Ts is upright and has KM: 9.70m, FSM: 2971. A heavy lift of 90 Ts is on
board at Kg: 10.90m, 7m to port of the centerline, is to be discharged into a barge, when the derrick will be
plumbed 12m to starboard of the centerline and the head of the derrick will be 29m above the keel. Determine
the maximum permissible KG of the vessel if the list is not to exceed 5 O during the discharge operations.

Q.3 Draw a sketch of aft peak tank showing the various panting and pounding arrangements. Label all parts.

PART - B
Q.4. a) What are special area as per Annex I & II of the MARPOL 73/78?
b) What are the discharge criteria from cargo spaces of an oil tanker as per MARPOL 73/78?
c) What is the information available in the Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP)?

Q.5 a) With respect to risk assessment explain (i) Hazard (ii) Risk and (iii) Competent person
b) Explain the various proactive measures to be taken to protect the marine environment.

Q.6 a) Enumerate the function of the Safety Committee on board the ship.
b) What safety precautions need to be taken for doing hot work in ballast tank?

Q.7 Explain the following features in ship construction and their purpose:
a) Camber b) Rise of floor c) Rake of stem d) Sheer

Q.8 With respect to UNCLOS write short notes on:

a) Territorial Waters b) Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ)

Q.9 a) Explain situational awareness. How situational awareness reduces the possibility of human errors?
b) Explain the key elements of effective resources management?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd July -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART - A
Q.1 A ship of displacement 5000 tonnes has a tank 16m long, 10m, wide and 4m deep which is empty.
KM=7.2m, KG=7.0m.
Find the GM fluid if 400t of oil of R.D. 0.95 is received in it?

Q.2 A vessel of displacement 16000t, KG 9.0m loaded cargo as follows: 1000t Kg 8.0m; 2000t Kg 6.0m and
1500t Kg 10.0m. Further 2000t of cargo is to be loaded for which space is available in the lower hold Kg 5.0m
and in the tween deck Kg 11.0m. Calculate the weight to be loaded in each space so that the final KGsolid would
be 8.75m. The FSM is 2250tm.

Q.3 Sketch and label the attachment of the panting stringers and panting beams of a forepeak tank with its
frames.

PART - B
Q.4. Explain the various stresses experienced by a ship and the structural members which compensate for the
same?

Q.5 Write short notes & illustrate with an onboard situation:

a. Effective Communication, and
b. Motivation

Q.6 As per Ballast Water Management Convention describe the discharge criteria for ballast water. Explain any
two methods predominantly used presently for ballast water exchange and precautions during such
operations.

Q.7 Write Short notes on ISM Code and ISPS Code. How will you assist the Chief Officer while preparing the
vessel for ISM and ISPS Renewal Audits respectively?

Q.8 What safety precautions will you take to go to the forward mast for changing a navigational light bulls in
restricted visibility.

Q.9 Prepare a checklist of item to be checked for entering an enclosed space, which a ballast tank.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd May -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Part A is compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART - A
Q.1 M.V. Hindship floating in water of R.D. 1.012 at drafts F: 5.16m, A: 6.02m. She pumps out entire SW ballast
from No. 1 and No. 4 (P, C and S), D.B. tanks. No.3 (P and S) and No. 5 D.B. tanks which were empty are filled
with H.F.O. Calculate:
a) Maximum quantity of cargo that can be loaded as that the vessel will be at summer draft on reaching the
open sea. Fuel and water consumption for river passage is 70 Ts.
b) GM (F) in docks if in departure condition KG = 8.75m, FSM = 1450.

Q.2 A vessel is floating at drafts F: 11.48m, A: 12.26m. She is to complete loading at drafts F:11.9m, A:12.10m.
Space is available in No. 5 hold 30m forward of AP and No. 2 hold 100m forward of AP. If the MCTC:120,
TPC:32, LCF:64m, LBP:140m determine:
(a) Quantity of Cargo still to load (b) Distribution of cargo to be loaded.

Q.3 Draw and label a neat sketch of bilge piping system of a ship.

PART - B
Q.4.a) What are different methods of control of organisms in ballast water and describe any one method of
ballast water exchange in detail.
b) What are the contents of SOPEP & SMPEP.

Q.5 Make a Garbage management plan for your vessel. What locations onboard should such a plan be posted?
What are special areas with respect to MARPOL Annex V?

Q.6 The Electrician needs to up the radar mast for essential repairs. Carry out risk assessment of this task and
make a checklist incorporating all associated safety precautions.

Q.7 a) How will you determine that the vessel is at Angle of Loll & how do you go about correcting angle of
Loll?
b) Draw load lines of a cargo ship.

Q.8 a) What are the Aims and objectives of ISM code and SMS?
b) How will you prepare your vessel for load line survey.

Q.9 a) Enumerate the key requirements of MLC-2006.

b) What are the 4-fundamental factors that contribute towards “HRM” on board ship?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th March -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART - A
Q.1 A ship of 10000 tonne displacement is floating in Sea Water and has KM = 10.8m, K.G. = 9.0m. She is listing
10th to starboard. She has two rectangular deep tanks. One on either side each 12m long, 12m wide and 9m
deep. The stbd. tank is full of FW while the port one is empty. If FW is to be transferred from the starboard
tank to the port tank, find the list if one third of the original FW in the starboard tank is transferred to the port
tank. (USE Fluid GM).

Q.2 M.V. ‘Hindship’ is floating at a mean draft of 6.20m, Aft draft – 6.78, Trim – 1.16m, Forward draft – 5.62m.
A weight of 300 tonne is then shifted from No.2. Tween deck to No.1 Tween deck. Calculate her final draft
F&A.

Q.3 What is panting stress? Sketch and Label panting arrangements in the forward part of the ship.

PART - B
Q.4.a) What is the special area as define by the MARPOL 73/ 78? List the special areas for Annex I and AnnexV.
b) What are the discharge criteria for disposal of garbage at sea?

Q.5 Write short notes & give on board examples for the same.
a. Situational Awareness, and
b. Decision Making.

Q.6 As per ‘Code of safe working practices’ explain the precautions to be taken from
a) Painting of Funnel b) Handling of batteries

Q.7 Briefly explain following terms with sketches where appropriate:

a) Camber b) Shear c) Racking Stress
d) Bilge keel e) Rise of floor

Q.8 a) Describe the functional requirements of ISM code.

b) Describe the contents of ship security plan?

Q.9 a) What should be the qualities of a Team Leader?

b) Explain the need for a situation and risk assessment on board the ship.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd January -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATION LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.
PART - A
Q.1 M.V. Hind ship floating at a displacement of 19150 tonnes, KG 6.65m, FSC 0.042m, has yet to load 2
Locomotives weighing 76 tonnes each, with her own gear. The first locomotive is placed on deck (Quay side),
CG 13.83m above the base and 6 metres from C/L. The derrick then plumbs the quay with its head 21.5m
above the base and 13m from C/L and lifts the second locomotive to be placed on deck on the other side.
Calculate the maximum list during the operation.

Q.2 M.V. ‘Hindship’ is floating at a draft of F 5.65m, and A 7.45 m, and A 7.45m, LCG 70.47m forward of A.P.
She loads 700t of cargo 90m for’d of A.P. and discharges 200t of cargo from No.5 LTD. Calculate final drafts
F&A.

Q.3 Draw and label a longitudinally framed double bottom of a Modern Bulk Carrier. State the uses of a
double bottom tanks.

PART - B
Q.4. a) Why and where do you change water ballast as per Ballast water management?
b) What are the different methods of changing water ballast?

Q.5 You are the OOW on a tanker in port and while bunkering there is a house burst leading to oil spill. State
what actions will you take?

Q.6 As per ‘Code of safe working practices’ explain the precautions to be taken from
a) Painting of Funnel b) Handling of batteries

Q.7 Briefly explain following terms with sketches where appropriate:

a) Camber b) Shear c) Racking Stress
d) Bilge keel e) Rise of floor

Q.8 a) Describe the functional requirements of ISM code.

b) Describe the contents of ship security plan?

Q.9 a) Define ‘Situational Awareness’

b) What are the six barriers to situational awareness?
c) Explain the Salient features of MLC 2006. List the Titles of MLC 2006.

*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th September-2017
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE FOR PERSONS ON
BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Questions in Part A are compulsory and carry 25 marks each.
2. Attempt 5 out of 6 questions from Part B and carry 25 marks each.

PART – A
Q.1 M.V. Hindship arrives in a port in condition no.8 discharged 300 t, Kg 6.40 m, Cg 1.6m off the CL to port of
CL and loaded 300t Kg 6.40m, Cg 3.7m to port of CL. A 75t parcel of cargo was shifted horizontally from 4.5 m
port of CL to 1.3m port of CL. Calculate the resultant list.

Q.2 A vessel arrives at port Haldia where DW density is RD1.016 with her winter loadline 100mm below water
on port side and 180 mm below water on stbd side. Her FW allowance is 200 mm. TPC is 24 and summer draft
is 9.6 m. Find DWT available?

Q.3 Sketch and label the Transom stern of a ship showing connections to the stern frame.

PART B
Q.4 a) Explain the ballast water management plan & Explain various method of ballast exchange?
b) Describe the controls on emissions of SOx & NOx in SECA areas as per Annex-VI of MARPOL 73/78?

Q.5 While bunkering at Mumbai, hose burst, and there was serious oil pollution. State the actions to be taken
as a duty officer.

Q.6 a) Describe the functions of safety committee on board a ship as per code of safe working practices.
Explain the duties of the Safety Officer.
b) List the precautions for changing a navigation bulb at foremast in wind force BF scale of 5.

Q.7 Describe various types of framing in use on ships and illustrate their uses and features.

Q.8 a) What is ISM code? Explain the elements of the ISM code.
b) Explain the precautions to be taken while transmitting piracy prone area.

Q.9 a) Describe the essential attributes of effective team leader?

b) Prepare a risk assessment table for renewing the lifeboat falls?

*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9th May-2017 (Batch-2)
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF SHIP & CARE
FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
PAPER: SHIP CONSTRUCTION, STABILITY, SHIP
SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 120 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Part-A is compulsory and carries 25 marks each.
2. Attempt any 5 out of the 6 questions from Part B and each question carriers 25 marks.

PART - A
Q.1 M.V. ‘Hindship’ at drafts F: 6.00 m & A: 6.40 m in FW is listed 1.5 deg to starboard, KG: 6.46 m and FSC:
0.08 m. A parcel of cargo weighing 200 t is shifted from No. 3 TDK, 1m to port of C/L to No 3 L.H. 5.0 m to port
of C.L. Determine the final list.

Q.2 A ship loaded to her summer draft and floating in S.W., KG 7.85m, KM 8.05m, FSM 1500 Tm, discharges
300 Ts of cargo Kg 14m. After discharge she enters in docks and found floating t her summer draft in water of
Density 1.010. Determine the GM (F) in the final condition.

Q.3 Draw a neat sketch of the mid-ship section of longitudinally framed, self trimming bulk carrier and label its
parts.
PART – B
Q.4 Write the information available in the following documents:-
a) Oil Record Book b) SOPEP manual c) Garbage Management Plan

Q.5 What safety precautions you would observe during following operations?
a) Sand blasting on deck b) Painting of draft marks

Q.6 a) What are the duties and responsibilities of a competent person and a responsible officer with respect to
entering enclosed & confined space?
b) How will you plan to go about emergency repairs in an enclosed tank space?

Q.7 Explain the following features in ship construction and their purpose:
a) Bilge keel b) Transom floor c) Keel d) Garboard strake

Q.8 Enumerate the latest amendments to SOLAS & MARPOL which came into force in recent past. (In last two
years)

Q.9 a) Do you agree it is beneficial to be passive rather than aggressive or assertive? Justify.
b) Describe the essential qualities of Team leader?

*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
 Keep Visiting www.owaysonline.com for latest notes Email:- admin@owaysonline.com
Phone:- 77159 32112

(Paper Format)
Duration: 3 hrs. SECOND MATE (F.G.) Maximum Marks: 100

Pass Marks: 50

METEOROLOGY

Note: 1. USE WEATHER CODE _____

2. QUESTION 1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY 4 OUT OF REMAINING 5 QUESTIONS.

3. ALL QUESTIONS CARRY EQUAL MARKS

Q1. CODING or DECODING (COMPULSORY QUESTION)

Q2. A. CALCULATION OF TRUE AND APPARENT WIND

B. THEORY ON WIND

Q3. SHIP BORNE METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTS

Q4. ATMOSPHERE/ ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE/

Q5. CLOUDS/ VISIBILITY/ CLIMATOLOGY

Q6. WEATHER SYSTEMS/ SEA AND SWELL/ WEATHER FORECASTING

Please note that the above format is only an indicative of the examination paper. The candidates are advised to
refer to detailed teaching syllabus and the course outline.
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 09th November-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather observations taken on a vessel at 1750 IST on 4 th January, when the vessel
was at 50O 12’N, 030O 17’W.
Ship: ATGV, wind speed estimated at 42 knots.
Height of the base of the lowest cloud is 300 meters.
Horizontal visibility is 0.21 nautical miles.
The sky is fully covered by clouds.
The wind is blowing from 090O(T)
Air temperature is +7.5OC, Dew point temperature is +7.2OC.
Barometric pressure is 995.2 hpa. The barometer has fallen steadily in the last 3 hour decreasing by 2.1 hpa
There is intermittent moderate rain (not freezing) at the time of observation, vessel experienced drizzle and
rain since 1150 IST.
A Layer of nimbostratus clouds covers the sky. The ship’s course is 270 O and speed 14 knots.
The sea temperature (measured by intake) is +7.0OC.
Sea waves are estimated to be 5m high, with a period of 10 seconds, the swell waves are coming from
180O(T), height 4m period 16 seconds. The wet bulb temperature is +7.4 OC.

Q.2 a) On a course of 154O at 13 knots an anemometer on the bridge showed a wind speed of 32 knots. The
direction of wind by observing line of waves was WSW. What entry is to be made in the weather report with
respect to wind direction and speed? If an observer on the vessel threw up a piece of paper in which
direction would it fly off? (15)
b) State Buy Ballot’s Law. Explain the precautions to be observed when applying Buy Ballot’s Law. (5)

Q.3 Sketch and describe the whirling Psychrometer. What are the advantages of the whirling psychrometer
over the hygrometer?

Q.4 What are isobars and how are they used to predict weather? With suitable sketches describe any THREE
isobaric patterns and the weather associated with them.

Q.5 Write short notes on the following:

i) DALR ii) Sea iii) ITCZ iv) Warm Front.

Q.6 a) Describe the classification and properties of air masses.

b) What are the factors affecting the properties of an air mass?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 07th October-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following ship’s full reports, using the ship’s Weather Code 1982:
Date and GMT : 4 May, 1800 GMT
Ship’s Call Sign : ATVH
Ship’s Position : 52O42’N, 020O30’W
Ship’s Course / speed : 180OT / 15 knots.
Wind : 080OT, speed 9 knots estimated
Weather : Cloudless. No significant phenomenon
Visibility : 8.8 nautical miles
Barometric pressure : 1020.3 mb
Barometric tendency : Increasing then increasing slowly, changed 0.4 mb in last 3 hrs.
Air temperature : + 14.3OC
Dew point temp : + 6.8OC
Sea temperature : + 13.0OC
Sea waves : Period 4 seconds : Height 0.8 meter
Swell : Dir 130OT : Period 6 sec: Height 1.5 meters

Q.2 a) Vessel’s course 170OT, speed 15kts, the wind direction and speed displayed by the anemometer was
port 045O and 12 kts. What entry for the true wind is to be made in the ship’s logbook? (15 Marks)
b) Describe the ideal pressure and wind distribution on earth’s surface assuming earth fully covered by
water. (05 Marks)

Q.3 Sketch and describe the working principle of precision Barometer. Explain the errors to be applied on
reading obtained from the precision Barometer. (20 Marks)

Q.4 Define Isobar and how they used to predict weather. With suitable sketch, describe any three Isobaric
patterns and weather associated with them.

Q.5 List the different type of fog. What are the effects of fog? Explain why there is persistent fog off the
Grand Banks of Newfoundland. (20 Marks)

Q.6 Explain the following in details:

a) Advantages of shore based weather Routeings. (10 Marks)
b) Why the lower latitudes areas are warmer than higher latitude areas. (10 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 07th September-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Encode the following Weather report from a ship station:

Ship: AWKG, Position: 06O 12.5’S, 084O 43’E, course made good over last three hours: 120O at 13 knots, GMT:
23d 00h 20m, Wind: Northerly estimated at 11 knots, Visibility: 700 Mtrs. Pressure: 1011 hpa, Tendency:
+3.6 hpa, Barograph trace: Increasing then decreasing. Temperature: Dry 23.5 OC, Wet 21.0OC, Sea base 800
mtrs above sea level, Cu of moderate or strong vertical extent, Ac in a Chaotic sky, Cc.
Present Weather: Visibility poor due to dust in suspension in the air, not raised by wind at or near ship. Past
Weather: drizzle rain.
Sea: Period 08 seconds, height 2.0 mtrs. Swell: From 220O, Period 10 seconds, height 5.0 mtrs.

Q.2 a) A vessel is steering a course 080O(T) at a speed of 12 knots. Direction of wind as obtained by observing
line of sea waves was ‘Westerly’ but apparent wind direction was ‘N’. State what direction and wind speed is
to be entered in the log book? Towards which direction will the funnel smoke fly?
b) Explain Coriolis force, how it affects the winds in both Hemisphere.

Q.3 Describe Basic principle and working of Aneroid barometer. What are the corrections to be applied to its
reading before making entry in deck log book? Why Aneroid barometer is preferred over mercury barometer
for use on board the ship?

Q.4 Explain the following:

a) Type and formation of fog occurring at Dover strait (English Channel) and Grand Bank of New Found land.
b) How will you predict fog at sea?

Q.5 Explain with the help of neat sketches the formation and classification of different types of clouds as per
height.

Q.6 a) Describe the classification of properties of air masses.

b) What are the factors affecting the properties of an air mass.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 08th August-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather report:

Ship’s Name: SS Loyalty, Call Sign: LGMW, Posn 01O 25’S 178O 05’E. Date: 17 June, SMT: 2110, CMG & SMG
IN Last 3 hrs : 165 (T), 17 kn. Estimated Wind:136 (T), 14 kts, Visibility: 16 Km, Atmospheric pressure: 987.6
bpa, Barometric Tendency: +2.5 hpa increasing steadily.
Temperature: dry: +28OC, Wet: +23OC, Sea: +22OC.
Cloud: Fully covered sky with few blue patches, low clouds cover 4 oktas, base 1000 meters, above sea, Cu
with little vertical extent and seemingly flattened, Ac in a chaotic sky, Cc alone.
Present Wx: State of Sky on the whole unchanged.
Past Wx: Cloud covering more than ½ of sky throughout period, rain.
Sea period: 07 sec, height 1.5 mtrs, Swell coming from south east, period 7 sec, height 3 mtrs.

Q.2 a) Own vessel was on course NE by E proceeding at 114 Knots. By observing sea waves wind speed was
estimated to be Force 5 (18 kts) and funnel smoke was blowing towards WNW. State what entry to be made
in log book regarding wind direction and speed. (15)
b) Describe Buys Ballot’s Law and its limitations. (5)

Q.3 Sketch and describe the principle and working of Wind vane and Anemometer. List its error, care and
maintenance for same.

Q.4 Define Isobar and how are they used to predict weather. With suitable sketch, describe any three
Isobaric patterns and weather associated with them.

Q.5 a) Describe with Sketch Katabatic and Anabatic Wind. (10)

b) Describe with Sketch SW Monsoon. (10)

Q.6 a) Describe various types of information received by facsimile Weather receiver. (10)
b) Describe the difference between frontogenesis and frontolyes. (10)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 15th July-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather observed taken on vessel at 1750 IST on 4th January, when vessel was at 50O
12’N, 030O 17’W, Ship ATGV, Wind speed 42 Knots.
Height of the base of the Lowest Cloud is 300 Mts.
Horizontal Visibility 0.21 nautical miles. The sky is fully covered by clouds.
The wind is blowing from 090O, Air temp. +7.5OC, Dew point Temperature +7.2OC.
Barometric Pressure is 995.2 hPa. The barometer has fallen steadily in the last three hours deceasing by 2.1
hPa. There is intermittent moderate rain (not freezing) at the time of observation: Vessel experienced drizzle
and rain since 1150 Hrs IST. A layer of Nimbostratus cloud covers the sky. The ship course is 270 O and the
speed 14 Knots. The sea temperature (measured by intake) is +7.0 OC. Sea waves are estimated to be 5 mts
high, with a period of 10 seconds, the swell waves are coming from 180 O, height 4 mts period 16 seconds.
The wet bulb temperature is +7.4O.

Q.2 a) Draw a neat sketch illustrating Fohn Wind Effect.

b) Ship course SW by W at 12 kts. True Wind observed to be 2 points abaft the starboard beam. The funnel
smoke was blowing in a direction 3 points abaft port beam. Find the speed of the true and apparent wind
and state what entries will be made in ship’s log book and weather report.

Q.3 Describe Basic principle and working of Aneroid barometer. What are the correction to be applied to its
reading before making entry in deck log book? Why Aneroid barometer is preferred over mercury barometer
for use on board the ship?

Q.4 Write short notes on the following (Any four)

i) Anabatic wind ii) Fohn Wind iii) Relative and Absolute Humidity
iv) Isobars and Isallobars v) High Latitude depression.

Q.5 a) Explain what you understand by cold front, warm front and occluded front and how these fronts are
formed.
b) Discuss weather that are associated with each of the above kind of fronts.
c) Give necessary diagram.

Q.6 a) Explain how advection fog is formed. Give some example of the region where advection fog forms.
b) Difference between Synoptic and Prognostic Charts?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 12th April-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following Ship’s Weather Observation:

Ship: VHAN, Position: 00O 05’N 46O58’E,
Course made good past 3 hours 170O at 10 Knots,
GMT 16d 00h 20m, Wind 052O estimated at 10 knots.
Visibility 500 mts, Pressure 1008.8 mbs, Tendency +3.6 mbs, Baro, Trace./
Temperature: Dry 28.5OC, Wet 23.0OC, Sea 20.6OC
Cloud: Sky Over Cast with few blue Patches. Low clouds 4 oktas, base 600 metres, above Sea,
Cu of strong vertical extent, Ac in a chaotic sky, Cc.
Present Weather: Visibility Poor due to dust in suspension in the air, not raised by wind at or near
ship. Past Weather Thick Haze, thunderstorm.
Sea: Period 04 Seconds, height 0.4 metres. Swell: From 270O period 08 Second, height 0.4 metres.

Q.2 Draw a neat Sketch of “Precision Aneroid Barometer” & enumerate the corrections applicable.

Q.3 a) On a vessel steering 115O at 16 kts, in open sea. Anemometer / Wind vane showed wind coming from
45O on starboard bow with speed of 9 m/s. State the entry you will make in the deck log regarding wind and
also state the direction in which the funnel smoke will fly.
b) Explain Foha Wind with a neat sketch.

Q.4 What do you mean by the term “Air-Masses”? Explain Cold front and warm front in terms of movement
of cold / warm air masses. Sketch and describe the life cycle of a frontal depression. What kind of weather
will be encountered during passage of Cold front?

Q.5 a) How clouds are formed? Discuss about various types of Low clouds.
b) Discuss formation of clouds by Turbulence and convection.

Q.6 Write short notes:

a) Geostrophic Wind and Geostrophic Wind Scale
b) Anticyclone c) Radiation Fog d) Katabatic Winds e) Doldrums

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th March-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather observations taken on a vessel at 1750 IST on 4 th January, when the vessel
was at 50O12’N 030O 17’W:
Ship: ATGV, wind speed estimated at 42 knots
Height of the base of the lowest cloud is 300 meters
Horizontal visibility is 0.21 nautical miles
The sky is fully covered by clouds
The wind is blowing from 090O(T)
Air temperature is +7.5OC, Dew point temperature is +7.2OC.
Barometric pressure is 995.2 hpa. The barometer has fallen steadily in the last 3 hour deceasing by 2.1 hpa.
There is intermittent moderate rain (not freezing) at the time of observation, vessel experienced drizzle and
rain since 1150 IST.
A layer of nimbostratus clouds covers the sky.
The ship’s course is 270O and speed 14 knots.
The sea temperature (measured by intake) is +7.0OC.
Sea waves are estimated to be 5m high, with a period of 10 seconds, the swell waves are coming from
180O(T), height 4m, period 16 seconds.
The wet bulb temperature is +7.4OC.

Q.2 a) On a course of 154O at 13 knots, an anemometer on the bridge showed a wind speed of 32 knots. The
direction of wind by observing line of waves was WSW. What entry is to be made in the weather report with
respect to wind direction and speed? If an observer on the vessel threw up a piece of paper, in which
direction would it fly off?
b) State Buy Ballot’s Law. Explain the precautions to be observed when applying Buy Ballot’s Law.

Q.3 Sketch and describe the whirling Psychrometer. What are the advantages of the whirling psychrometer
over the hygrometer?

Q.4 What are isobars and how are they used to predict weather? With suitable sketches describe any THREE
isobaric patterns and the weather associated with them.

Q.5 Differentiate between the following:

i) Gust and Squall ii) Sea and Swell iii) Veering and Backing

Q.6 a) Describe the classification and properties of air masses.

b) What are the factors affecting the properties of an air mass?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 15th January-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Encode the following weather report from a ship station:

Call sign, VVPY, position 28O 08’ N, 160O 32’E, course made good over last 3 hours 265OT at 14.2
knots, GMT 25th Day, 18 hrs 00 min, wind north-east estimated at 14, visibility 2000m, pressure
1004mm, tendency – 1.5 mm, barograph trace, increasing then decreasing, dry temperature
30.5OC, wet 26.2OC, clouds: sky o’cast with few blue patches, clouds 6-oktas, base 600m above
sea level, Cumulus of strong vertical extent, Alto-cumulus in a chaotic sky, Present weather: poor
visibility due to rain, Past weather: Drizzle and rain, Sea: Period 4 seconds, sea wave height 2
meter, Swell direction from 160OT, period 8 seconds, wave height 3m.

Q.2 a) Vessel course 235OT, speed 15 knots. The anemometer shows wind direction 223OT at
10.4 knots. Calculate true wind direction and speed.
b) State Buys Ballot’s law and its applications.

Q.3 Define dew point. Describe its application in hold ventilation on ships. How is dew point
obtained and which instruments are used for this?

Q.4 a) What is the difference between Isobars and Isallobars?

b) What is barometric tendency? Explain how it can be used to predict movement of pressure
systems?

Q.5 Describe the formation of fog, and list its types with brief description of each. Explain why
there is persistent fog off the Grand Banks of Newfoundland.

Q.6 Define Isobars. List and describe various Isobaric Patterns.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th December-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Decode the following report:

BBXX ATVH 10123 99408 30492 41398
62828 10143 20082 40084 56028 76364
84364 22234 00175 20808 302// 41006

Q.2 a) On the monkey Island of a ship, steering a course of 117OT at 16 Knots, an anemometer &
wind vane showed 15 Kts & 036O. Find the direction & speed of the true wind?
b) Explain Wind information available from Wind rose with Diagram.

Q.3 State the principle and describe the working of an aneroid barometer with suitable sketch.

Q.4 a) Explain the difference between:

i) Drizzle and rain, &
ii) Mist and Fog
b) Describe the information contained in the coastal weather bulletin.

Q.5 Describe the different types of clouds giving the probable height of formation of each type of
cloud.

Q.6 Explain the following:-

a) Sea and swell
b) Significant wave height, and
c) Bore tide.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 13th November-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Decode the following report:

AAXX 06183 43057 41798 53628 10324
20208 40069 51042 71682 83262 222//
00282 20606 324// 41008

Q.2 a) A vessel steering NW x N at 18 kts, experiencing apparent wind @ 10 kts, coming from
22.5 degrees on the port bow. Find the direction and speed of the true wind.
b) What are the various means of finding out true wind directions at sea?

Q.3 With the help of the simple sketch, explain the operating principle, working, care and
maintenance of an Aneroid Barometer.

Q.4 Differentiate between:

a) Arctic Sea Smoke and Smog b) Sea & Swell
c) DALR & SALR d) Veering & Backing

Q.5 Discuss formation of South West Monsoon. Draw suitable sketch to show wind and surface
current pattern in Arabian Sea.

Q.6 a) Explain Fohn-wind effect?

b) Why is diurnal range of atmospheric temperature over land is higher than that over sea?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9th Oct-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather report using Ship’s Weather Code 1982:
Call Sign: “ELFG 6” in Position 03O15’S 015O17’W at 1335 UTC on 16th September, steered a
course of 100O at 16 knots. Estimated wind: south westerly at 10 knots. Barometric pressure:
998 mb, barometric trace decreasing and then increasing, no change in last three hours. Visibility
17 km. Temperature: Dry 32.5OC Wet 29.5OC. Clouds ¾ of the sky. Low clouds SC ½ of the sky. Ac
in chaotic sky. Ci in the form of filaments as hooks. Present and past weather were not of
significance.

Q.2 a) A vessel on a course of 320O speed 15 knots. The anemometer and wind vane showed 20
knots and 045O(T) respectively. State what entry is to be made in weather report regarding wind
direction and speed.
b) Describe Beaufort Wind Scale.

Q.3 Sketch and describe Mason’s Hygrometer and Stevenson Screen.

Q.4 Describe an air mass. What are the factors effecting it? Name some typical air masses and
state their characteristics.

Q.5 Describe the formation of following types of fog:

a) Advection b) Radiation
c) Arctic sea smoke d) SMOG

Q.6 Describe causes, characteristics, time and location of Monsoons.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th March-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather report using Ship’s Weather Code 1982:
Call Sign: JACK, Position: Posn. 10O 37’ N 098O 45’E, Co. made good: 090OT, Speed: 16 Kts, Time:
06d 01h 35m GMT, Wind: 203OT estimated 20 Kts, Visibility: 6Km, Pressure: 1005.7 mb,
Tendency: +3.0 mb. Trace shows pressure increasing then steady. Temp: Dry 32.0OC, Wet 29.5OC,
Sea 20.5OC Clouds covering 6/8th of the sky. Low clouds 3 oktas with base 500 meters above sea.
Cu of a strong vertical extent. Ac in a chaotic sky. Cc also present.
Present Weather: Intermittent heavy rain.
Past weather: Clouds covering more than half the sky throughout the period and rain.
Sea: Period 08 seconds, Height: 1.3 meters. Swell: Direction 188OT Period: 08 seconds, Height:
1.8 meters and from 132O Period 12s, Height 2.3 metres.

Q.2 Describe the seven isobaric patterns and the weather associated with them.

Q.3 a) Define veering and backing.

b) Vessel’s course 217OG @ 14 kts. The wind indicated by the anemometer is 45O on the port
bow @ 25 kts. What is the true wind? Gyro error 1O(L).

Q.4 Sketch and describe any one type of Anemometer. How does it work? What kind of
information we get from it?

Q.5 How are clouds classified based on their forms and heights? Briefly explain how Convention
& Orographic clouds are formed.

Q.6 Write short notes on:

i) RADIATION FOG ii) RIME

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 14th Jan-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather report:

Ship: ATKJ, Position 9O37’N 093O14’W, date and time of observation: 10 May / 0235 IST, Course
made good in last 3 hrs, North at 16 Knots. Visibility: 10 Km, Wind: 135O estimated at 26 knots,
Atmospheric pressure at 10/0235 IST was 998.5 mb and at 09/2235 was 1002.5 mb, Barograph
trace: Falling then steady. Temperature: Dry 28OC, Wet 25OC, Sea 22OC.
Clouds: 6/8 of the sky. Low clouds 4/8 of the sky 600 metres above sea level, Cu with little
vertical extent, Ac in chaotic sky, Ci in the form of hooks progressively invading sky. Present
weather: Thunderstorm but no precipitation at the time of observation. Past weather: Cloud
covering more than ½ sky throughout the period and passing showers. Sea waves: Period 8
seconds, height 1.3 metres. Swell: from 183O period 10 seconds, height 2.2m.

Q.2 a) What is Isobar? How does it differ from an Isallobar?

b) Explain ‘change of pressure with height’. What happens to atmospheric temperature in
Stratosphere?

Q.3 a) Describe Coriolis force.

b) Vessel’s course 150O(T), speed 13 kts, Anemometer reading 30 kts and pointing into a
direction two points on port quarter. Find true wind direction and speed. What entry would you
make in log book with respect to wind direction and Beaufort scale force?

Q.4 Write short notes on: a) Buy’s Ballots Law b) N E Monsoon c) DALR & SALR
d) Anabatic Wind

Q.5 Sketch and describe Whirling psychrometer. How does it help us on board a ship?

Q.6. a) Describe formation of cloud by convection and by orographic lifting.

b) Write types of clouds as per their heights.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th Nov-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEOROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather report using Ship’s Weather Code 1982:
“Laha” in position 23O10’S 041O47’W at 1735 UTC on 6th August, observed following weather:
Wind 245Ospeed 12 knots by estimation, sea waves 1.5m period 8 sec. swell from 225Ohieght
2.5m period 10 sec. Barometric pressure corrected was 1002 hPa. Decreased steadily in the last
three hours Change 2 hPa in the last three hours. Present weather moderate rain showers. Past
weather: Rain showers. Sky: Overcast. Lowest clouds: 300 meters. 3/4th sky stratus in continuous
layer. Medium clouds 1/4th Sky nimbostratus. Visibility: 2 N.M. Temp: Dry bulb 18.5OC, Dew Point
temp. 18.3OC, Sea surface temp. 19.2OC.

Q.2 a) A vessel on a course of 070O speed 15 knots. Wind speed as estimated by observing the
appearance of sea surface is 33 knots. Funnel smoke was blowing towards 350O. State what
entry is to be made in weather report regarding wind direction and speed?
b) Explain Buys Ballot’s Law with a suitable sketch.

Q.3 Explain with a suitable sketch the working principle of an aneroid barometer. What
corrections need to be applied to the barometer readings?

Q.4 Define the following meteorological terms: a) D.A.L.R. b) Barometric tendency

c) Sleet d) Hoarfrost e) Ridge

Q.5 List different types of fog. Explain why there is persistent fog off the Grand banks of New
foundland.

Q.6. What is Dew point temperature and is it obtained. What is importance in cargo hold
ventilation?
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9th Sept-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather observation taken on vessel at 1750 IST on 4 th January, when vessel was at
50O 12 N, 030O 17’W, Ship ATGV, Wind speed 42 Knots, Height of the base of the Lowest Cloud is 300Mts.
Horizontal Visibility 0.21 nautical miles. The sky is fully covered by clouds.
The wind is blowing from 090O, Air Temp. +7.5OC, Dew point Temperature +7.2OC.
Barometric Pressure is 995.2 hPa. The barometer has fallen steadily in the last three hours decreasing by 2.1
hPa. There is intermittent moderate rain (not freezing) at the time of observation: Vessel experienced drizzle
and rain since 1150 Hrs IST. A layer of Nimbostratus cloud covers the sky. The ship course is 270 O and the
speed 14 Knots.
The sea temperature (measured by intake) is +7.0OC. Sea waves are estimated to be 5 mts high, with a period
of 10 seconds, the swell waves are coming from 180O, height 4 mts period 16 seconds. The wet bulb
temperature is +7.4O.

Q.2 a) A vessel on a course of 090O speed 19 knots. The wind estimated by observing the sea surface was 22
knots. Funnel smoke was blowing towards South. State what entry is to be made in weather report regarding
wind direction and speed?
b) Explain with a suitable sketch the “Wind Rose” given in the Admiralty Sailing Directions.

Q.3 Sketch and describe Hygrometer and Stevenson Screen. What precautions are required in its use?

Q.4 Write short notes on:

a) Convection clouds
b) Relative humidity
c) Barometric Tendency

Q.5 a) What is an air mass and how air masses are classified?
b) What is a front? How fronts are depicted on a weather map?

Q.6. Explain the factors to be considered by ship’s officers for weather routing of his ship.
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 11th July-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Decode the following report:-

BBXX ATVH 10123 99408 30492 41398
62828 10143 20082 40084 56028 76364
84364 22234 00175 20808 302// 41006

Q.2 a) On a course of 154OT at 13 knots, an anemometer & bridge showed a wind speed of 32 knots. The
direction of wind by observing line of waves was WSW. What entry is to be made in the weather report with
respect to wind direction & speed? If an observer on the vessel threw up a piece of paper, in which direction
would it fly off?
b) State Buys Ballot’s Law. Explain the precautions to be observed when applying Buys Ballot’s Law in the
vicinity of land and near the equator.

Q.3 What precautions & corrections are to be taken / applied when using aneroid barometer.

Q.4 a) Sketch & describe the use of Barograph.

b) Describe with a sketch the features of a developed middle latitude depression.

Q.5 a) Enumerate the classification of clouds as per their Height.

b) Draw symbols of warm, cold and occluded front depicting their general movement.

Q.6. a) What is Pressure Gradient?

b) With regard to straight Isobars, Explain what is Geostrophic Wind?
c) Why is the actual direction & speed of wind on the earth’s surface different from the geotropic wind?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th May-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory; attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following in a suitable format for transmission:-

A ship: MV Imagine, call sign:
LGMW, position 01O 25’N, 178O 05’E, UTC time 0910, UTC date – 17 June, SMT 2110, Course made good in
last 3 hours 165O, speed: 17 kts, estimated wind: 136O at 14, visibility 16 KM, atmospheric pressure: 987.6
hpa, barometric tendency: +2.5 hpa, increasing steadily. Temp: dry 28.0OC, wet: 23.0OC, sea: 22OC, clouds-
fully covered with clouds except for few blue patches, low cloud cover: 4 oktas, base 1000 M above sea, Cu
of little extent and seemingly flattened. Ac of a chaotic sky, Cc alone. Present wx: State of sky on the whole
unchanged, past wx:- cloud covering more than ½ of the sky throughout the appropriate period, rain, Sea
period 07 sec, height: 03 mtrs, swell coming from east period 7 sec, height: 03 mtrs.

Q.2 a) A Vessel steering a course of 160O(T) at a speed of 12 Knots, found wind speed of 10 kts from
anemometer & funnel smoke was blowing towards 025O(T). Find what entry is needed in Log book?
b) What is Buys Ballot’s Law?

Q.3 Draw a neat Sketch of a Barograph & label its parts.

Q.4 a) What is the difference between Isobars and Isallobars?

b) What is barometric tendency? Explain how it can be used to predict movement of pressure systems?

Q.5 a) Define Fog & Mist & explain how it is formed.

b) Explain Land & Sea Breeze.

Q.6. Sketch and describe the lifestyle of a frontal depression. What kind of weather will be encountered
during passage of cold front?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th March-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory.
2. Attempt any four out of five Questions from the remaining.
3. All Questions carry equal marks.
4. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following weather report using Ship’s Weather Code 1982:
Call Sign: VQQG, Position: 00O 01’N 179O 55’E, Course made good: 179OT, Speed: 14.5 knots, Time: 12d 18h
30m GMT, Wind 048O T estimated 12 kts, Visibility: 1km, Pressure: 1003.5mb, Barometric Tendency: +2.3
mb. Trace shows pressure increasing steadily at first and then steady.
Temperature: Dry 32.0O C, Wet 27.5O C, Sea 19.5O C.
Clouds covering 5/8th of the sky. Low clouds 3 oktas with base 500 meters above sea. Cu of strong vertical
extant. Ac in a chaotic sky. Cc also present.
Present weather: Thick haze, thunderstorms.
Sea: Period 08 seconds, Height 0.5 meters
Swell: Direction 170O T, Period 10 seconds, Height 2.0 meters.

Q.2 a) Write short notes on Trough and Ridge.

b) On a course of north at 11 knots, find the apparent wind direction and speed if a true easterly wind of 14
kts was blowing.

Q.3 With the help of a simple sketch explain the operating principle, use working errors care and
maintenance of Anemometer.

Q.4 Write short notes on:

a) Classification of clouds
b) Adiabatic Change of Temperature
c) Occluded front

Q.5 Explain the following:

a) The lee side of a mountain range is drier than the windward side.
b) Polar Regions are cooler than equatorial regions.

Q.6. a) What is a frontal Depression?

b) What are weather Analysis & Weather Prognosis Charts?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th Jan-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Use ships weather code 1982.
2. Question 1 is compulsory; Attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks.

Q.1 Decode the following weather report:

BBXX VHAN 16003 99000 10469 41593
70510 10285 20208 40088 53036 70694
84299 22242 00206 20401 327// 40808

Q.2 a) A vessel steering 060O(T) at 15 kts, experiencing apparent wind @ 14kts coming from 30 O on port bow.
Find the direction and speed of true wind.
b) What are the various means of finding out true wind directions at sea?

Q.3 What is Barometric Tendency? Sketch & describe a Barograph.

Q.4 a) Explain Foehn wind effect.

b) Why is the diurnal range of atmospheric temperature over land is higher than that over sea / ocean?

Q.5 a) Write the difference between Mist & Fog.

b) Describe various types of Fog and their formations.

Q.6. a) Explain sea breeze.

b) Explain formation of orographic clouds.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th Nov-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Use ships weather code 1982.
2. Question 1 is compulsory; Attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks.

Q.1 Code the following:

Call Sign: VWPP, Position 13O 15’N 087O 27’W, 13th February, Wind 120 (T), speed 23 knots, sea wave 3m, period
3 sec, Swell from 210 (T), height 2.5m, period 08 sec, No secondary swell, Barometer was read at 0230 IST and
corrected pressure was 1002.4 mb, the pressure having fallen steadily by 2.7 mb and the ship having steered an
effective Course of 305 (T) during last 3 hours. Weather at the time of observation: Moderate thunderstorm
without hall. Past weather: Cloud covering more than half of the sky throughout the period, showers. Visibility:
0.21 nautical miles, Air Temp: Dry + 27.50 C, Wet 26.00 C, Sea surface temp: 25.00 C.
Cloud bases 250 metre, total cloud covers 6 oktas, and low clouds cumulonimbus with anvil, accompanied by
cumulus: covering 4 oktas, Medium Cloud: Altocumulus with cumuliform tufts, High Clouds: Cirrus originating
from top of cumulonimbus.

Q.2 (a) Discuss the formation of S.W. Monsoons.

(b) A vessel steaming due east at 19 knots in open sea, observes the sea surface and estimates wind to be 22
knots. A handkerchief held up was observed to blow towards south. State what entry is to be made in the
weather report regarding wind direction and speed?

Q.3 Sketch and describe Masons hygrometer and Stevenson screen.

Q.4 Define the following meteorological terms: a) D.A.L.R. b) S.A.L.R

c) Barometric tendency d) Westerlies.

Q.5 a) Describe how cumulus and stratus clouds are formed, and how do they differ from each other.
b) Describe the difference between radiation fog ad advection fog.

Q.6. What are isobars, and how are they used to predict the weather? With suitable sketches describe any 3
isobaric patterns and weather associated with them.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th Sept-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Use ships weather code 1982.
2. Question 1 is compulsory; Attempt any four out of remaining five Questions.
3. All Questions carry equal marks.

Q.1 Code the following:

Call sign QRST, Posn. 38O11’ N 087O17’ W, Ships Co, 210O (T) Speed 21 Kts, Nov 11th 1800 hrs. Wind estimated 20
kts, Direction SxW. Visibility 4 Km. Barometer pressure 998.5 hpe, tendency 3.0 hps, Trace: failing, Dry Bulb:
29.5OC, Wet Bulb 28OC, Sea Temp. 26OC. Totally overcast sky. Low clouds 5/8 Octas, Base 300m above Sea Level.
Cb, Ac with Ns, High clouds not visible. Present weather: continuous drizzle, Past weather. Overcast with rain.
Sea Period: 12 Sec, Height 3.5m, Swell Direction 125 (T), Period 9 Sec, Height 2.5m.

Q.2 a) A vessel on a course of 320O speed 15 knots. The anemometer and wind vane showed 20 knots and 045O
(T) respectively. State what entry is to be made in weather report regarding wind direction and speed?
b) Explain Pressure Gradient Force and Coriolis Effect.

Q.3 a) Describe the working and use of a whirling psychometer.

b) Describe the formation of following types of Fog:
i) Advection Fog
ii) Radiation Fog
iii) Arctic Sea Smoke
iv) SMOG.

Q.4 Explain the following:-

i) DALR
ii) Dew Point
iii) Ridge
iv) Trough of Low Pressure

Q.5 a) Explain formation of Mist & Fog. Describe method of estimating Visibility at sea – by day and night.
b) Define briefly the following terms which can affect visibility and safety Rain, drizzle, hail, sleet and freezing
spray.

Q.6. Describe briefly the types of weather information received by Facsimile Receiver. How are storm warnings
received on board?

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th July-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY

TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100

Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory.
2. Attempt any four out of the remaining.
3. All Questions carry equal marks.
4. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Decode the following weather report:

BBXX ATUX 14183 99234 70205 41498
63034 10186 20152 49998 52012 75085
86602 22264 00170 21206 330// 41208

Q.2 a) A Vessel was steering a westerly course at 15knots. The wind direction and speed displayed by
anemometer was 060O(R) on port bow at 10knots. What entry for true wind is to be made in ships logbook
and weather message respectively.
b) Write short notes on Trade winds.

Q.3 Draw a neat sketch and explain the functioning of barograph. What precautions are required to be taken
in its care, maintenances and its use?

Q.4 Explain the following:-

a) Buys Ballot’s law
b) Geostrophic wind scale.

Q.5 Explain as to how different type of fog can form

Q.6. Explain the following:-

a) Sea and swell
b) Tsunami

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th May-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory.
2. Attempt any four out of the remaining.
3. All Questions carry equal marks.
4. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Encode the following meteorological observation made by ship:

Call Sign: WMKJ, position: 15O 46’ N, 085O 59’E
Date / time of observation: 10July / 0240 IST.
Course and speed made good in last three hours: 210O at 12 kts.
Wind estimated: SSW’ly / 28 knots, Visibility: 1500 mtrs.
Atmospheric pressure: at 0240 IST / 10 July – 998 hpa, at 2230 IST / 09 July – 1002.4 hpa
Barometric trace:

Temp: Dry bulb: 28.5O C, Wet bulb: 25O C, Sea: 23O C

The sky was almost overcast, Clouds: St at height of 600 m was covering half the sky, with dense Cu as above
obscuring the rest of the sky. The sequence of weather experienced: raining from 2200 IST / 09 July Thunder
heard between 0100 & 0200 IST / 10 July. Heavy rains from 0200 IST onwards. The sea was in a confused state.

Q.2 a) Vessel steering WSW at 14 Knots. Wind direction obtained from anemometer is 3 points on the port
bow. Wind speed at 17 knots estimated by sea appearance. State the log book entry to be made regarding
wind. In which direction will sea spray fly?
b) Describe characteristics and location of Trade winds.

Q.3 Sketch and describe the principle and working of Wind Vane and Anemometer.

Q.4 a) Define an air mass.

b) What are the factors affecting the properties of an air mass?
Name some typical air mass and briefly describe their characteristics.

Q.5 Write short notes on:

a) Adiabatic change of temperature, Saturated adiabatic lapse rate (SALR) and Environmental lapse rate (ELR).
b) Describe the classification of clouds as per height and types.

Q.6 a) Differentiate between the following:

i) Gust and Squall ii) Sea and Swell iii) Veering and Backing.
b) Describe the various types of information received by facsimile weather receiver.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th March-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory.
2. Attempt any four out of the remaining.
3. All Questions carry equal marks.
4. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Code the following ship’s full reports, using the ship’s weather code 1982:
Date and GMT : 4 May, 1800 GMT
Ship’s call sign : ATVH
Ship’s position : 52O 42’N, 020O 30’W
Ship’s course / speed : 180OT / 15 knots
Wind : 080OT, speed 9 knots estimated
Weather : cloudless, no significant phenomenon
Visibility : 8.8 nautical miles
Barometric pressure : 1020.3 mb
Barometric tendency : Increasing then increasing slowly
Changed 0.4 mb in last 3 hrs
Air temperature : + 14.3OC
Dew point temp : + 6.8OC
Sea temperature : + 13.0OC
Sea waves : period 4 seconds: Height 0.8 meter
Swell : Dir. 130OT, period 6 seconds: height 1.5 meters

Q.2 a) Course 295O speed 16 knots out in open sea. Wind force 4 (18 knots), estimated by appearance of the
sea surface. Smoke from the funnel was observed to be blowing to NNE. What entry is to be made in the
weather report with respect to wind direction and speed?
b) What is coriolis force? How does it affect the wind blowing over sea and land?

Q.3 Compare mercury barometer with aneroid barometer. Discuss various errors, and their respective
features.

Q.4 List the seven isobaric patterns. Explain briefly each of them with appropriate sketches.

Q.5 Describe the weather associated with:

a) “Anticyclone” in Northern hemisphere.
b) ‘Col’ in southern hemisphere.

Q.6 a) Sketch and describe the symbols and isobaric patterns shown in weather charts and synoptic charts.
b) Explain why polar regions are colder than equatorial region.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th January -2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: METEROLOGY
TIME: 2 Hours PASS MARKS: 50 MAX. MARKS: 100
Notes:
1. Question 1 is compulsory.
2. Attempt any four out of the remaining.
3. All Questions carry equal marks.
4. Use ships weather code 1982.

Q.1 Encode the following weather observation made on board the M.V. Hindship, call sign ‘ATTF’ in 13 O 15’S
087O 27’E 13 February. Wind: 120OT, speed 23 knots, sea waves 3m, period 3 sec. Swell: From 210O(T), height
2m, period 06 sec, No secondary swell. Barometer was read at 1730 IST and corrected pressure was 1002.4
MB, the pressure having fallen steadily by 2.7 MB and the ship having steered an effective course of 305 OT
during the past 3 hours. Weather at the time of observation: Moderate thunderstorm without hail. Past
weather: Cloud covering more than half of the sky throughout the period, showers. Visibility: 12 km. Air temp:
Dry bulb: +27.5OC, wet bulb: +26OC. Sea surface temp: +25OC cloud bases 250 metre, total cloud covers 6
oktas, and low clouds cumulonimbus with anvil, accompanied by cumulus; covering 4 oktas. Medium clouds:
Altocumulus with cumuliform tufts. High clouds: Cirrus originating from top of cumulonimbus.

Q.2 a) Describe Beaufort wind scale

b) On a course of North at 12 knots, find the apparent wind direction and speed if a true NW wind of 8 knots
speed was blowing.

Q.3 Sketch and describe an Aneroid barometer and various corrections to be applied for pressure reading?

Q.4 Describe with a sketch the features of a developed middle latitude depression. List the weather condition
on observer will encounter at the passage of the cold front.

Q.5 Explain the following:

a) Formation of clouds due to “Turbulence” and
b) Convection

Q.6 Enumerate the weather associated with warm front, cold front and occluded front. Draw the symbols
used in weather charts to depict these fronts.

*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
 Keep Visiting www.owaysonline.com for latest notes Email:- admin@owaysonline.com
Phone:- 77159 32112

(Paper Format)
Duration: 3 hrs. SECOND MATE (F.G.) Maximum Marks: 200

Pass Marks: 140

TERRESTRIAL AND COASTAL NAVIGATION

Note: 1. Use chart - --------and Admiralty tide tables for 1992

2. Ship’s speed -------, HE ----m, Var ----, Deviation card ---

PART A

QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING THREE
QUESTIONS: (30 MARKS EACH)

1. PASSAGE PLANNING

2. PLOTTING

3. PLOTTING

4. PLOTTING

(Running fix with combination of terrestrial and celestial observations, fixing position using three bearings,
three point bearings, horizontal sextant angle, raising and dipping of lights, first sighting and last sighting of lights,
allowing and counteracting current, tidal streams, wind and leeway).

PART B

ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY:

5. DAYS WORK (30 MARKS)

6. GREAT CIRCLE/ PLANE/MERCATOR SAILING. (30 MARKS)

7. TIDE CALCULATIONS (30 MARKS)

8. CHART CORRECTION /CHART SYMBOLS/OTHERS (20 MARKS)

Please note that the above format is only an indicative of the examination paper. The candidates are advised to
refer to detailed teaching syllabus and the course outline.
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd November-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use Chart 5072 (Flasterbo to Orland), Deviation card No.2. HE 10m, Engine Speed 12 knots, if not
mentioned in the question. Variation 6OW.
2. Luminous range diagram may be provided if necessary.
3. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
4. Position of landmarks are approximate and are to be used for identification purpose only.

PART – A:
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 A container vessel with maximum draft of 8.5 mtr sailed out from Ahus harbor. She dis-
embarked her pilot in position 55O 53.4’ N, 014O 35.7’E. From this position, plan your safe passage
to join north-east bound traffic lane of Olands Sodra Grund TSS. During the passage vessel should
pass Utklippan light with minimum distance of 6 miles. Courses to be plotted on the chart, with
clear marking of course and distance for each leg of passage. Also each course alteration points
should be clearly marked on the chart. Write a brief summary of passage plan in the answer sheet.

Q.2 A ship steering 284OT, at 0900 hrs Sandhammaren Lt. (55O 23’N, 014O 11.8E) bore 311OT, at
0940 hrs it bore 352OT and again at 1010 hrs it bore 038OT. During this period the current was
setting 190OT at 2 knots. Find following:-
a) Position at 0900 hrs and 1010 hrs b) Engine speed
c) Course made good

Q.3 At 1900 hrs, a vessel steering a course of 300O(T) observes forward of beam Chritianso (S) Lt.
(55O 19’N 015O 11’E) to be 7 nm. At 2030 hrs it observes Simrisham is WRG (55O 33.5’N, 0140O
22’E) to bear 302O(T). If the current was setting 000O(T) at 2 kts throughout, find the position of
the vessel at 1900 hrs and 2030 hrs?

Q.4 In DR position 55O 18’ N, 013O 51’E, a vessel observes following compass bearings:
a) Abbekas fishing light (55O 23.5’N, 013O 36’E) - 303O(C)
b) Ystand light (55O 25.5’N, 013O 49’E) - 014O(C)
c) Kaseberga light (55O 23’N, 014O 04’E) - 077O(C)
Find (a) vessel’s position b) Deviation of ship’s head.

1
 PART B:

ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 At 1200 hours on 25th April 1992 a point of land in lat. 24O 37’N, long 047O 12’W bore 055O(T),
dist off by radar 5 miles, she then sailed the following courses and distances.

Gyro Co. Gyro Error Distance Wind Direction Leeway

347O 111 M SW 3O
1O High
001O 47 M W Nil
Through out
187O 27 M W 1O

Find the estimate arrival position. If the final position by observation was 26 O 27.5’ N, 047O
32.2’W, find the set and drift of the current experienced and the course and distance made good.
(30 marks)

Q.6 Two vessels 45 nautical apart on the parallel of 40 O 30’N steam 180O (T), at equal speeds, until
the distance between them is 55 nautical miles. How far did each vessel steam?
(30 marks)

Q.7 A lighthouse at Amherst Habour (# 2877) has a charted elevation of 33 m. What will be its
elevation at 1830 hrs Standard time on 22nd March, 1992? (30 marks)

Q.8 Following notices to mariners (Adm. NM No. 533 / 2013) were received for chart No. 5072. Do
the necessary correction in the chart using correct symbols. (Use pencil only).
a) Insert ‘Spoil ground’ in position 56O 06.1’ N, 016O 02’E.
b) Insert ‘Special Mark’ (Lit) in position 56O 06.1’N, 016O 02.2’E.
c) Shift the pilot boarding position from 55O 12.8’ N, 015O 03.2’ E to 55O 13.5’ N, 015O 03.2’ E to
55O s.5’N, 015O 01’E. (20 marks)

************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th October-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use Chart 5072 (Flasterbo to Orland), Deviation card No.3. HE 10m and Variation 4OW, Engine Ship
speed 12 knot, if not mentioned in the question.
2. Luminous range diagram may be provided if necessary.
3. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
4. Position of landmarks are approximate and are to be used for identification purpose only.

PART – A:
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:

Q.1 Consider you are on a fully loaded tanker with maximum draft of 19m. (Normal sea speed 15
knots). Plan a safe passage from Simrishamn pilot station (55 O 33.5’N, 014O 24.0’E) to kullagrund
pilot station for deep draught tankers (55O13.3’N, 013O 23.5’E), keeping in mind the UKC of MIN
2.0 MTR. Good visibility & strong N’ly winds prevails. Your vessel is fitted with all the required
navigational equipment’s and all are in good working condition. Show clearly courses to be
steered, distance and all the waypoints on the chart recording their co-ordinators in the answer
booklet as well. How long will this passage take basis steaming at sea speed? (30)

Q.2 A vessel near Hammerodde Lt. Ho. (55O 18’N, 014O 47’E) observes the bearing of the Lt. Ho. as
137O(T). At the same time the vertical sextant angle was observed to be 12.6’. If the tide had fallen
by 2m below MHWS and the index error was 2’ on the arc, find the position of the vessel.
Thereafter, with the current setting 345O(T) at 2 knots, the vessel steered a course of 258O(T). Find
the course and speed made good and also the distance off from Sandharmmeren Lt. Ho. (55 O23’N
014O 12’E) when it is abeam to stbd. (30)

Q.3 Vessel anchored off YSTAD observes the following:

ABBEKAS LIGHT (55O 23’N 13O 37’E) – 298O (C)
YSTAD SOUTH (55O 25’N 13O 49’E) – 009O (C)
KASEBARGA LIGHT (55O 23’N 14O 04’E) – 078O (C)
Find the compass error and position of the vessel. From this position find a compass course do
steer to pass Hammerodde lighthouse 55O 18’N, 014O 47’E 2 miles off counteracting a current
060O x 2 knots and a strong northerly wind causing 5O leeway. (30)

Q.4 While steering a course of 228O(T) Olands Sodra Grund Racon light (56O 04’N 016O 42’E) was
last sighted at 2100 hrs, when visibility was 5M only. At 2200 hrs, Utklippan Lt. (55O 57’N, 015O
41’E) was first sighted, visibility remaining the same. Current was known to be setting 013 O(T) at
2.5 knots throughout. Find the vessel’s position at 2100 hrs and 2200 hrs and also the time and
position when Utklippan light will be last sighted. (30)

1
 PART B:

ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 Following courses and distances were steamed by a vessel doing 15 kts, between Noon of 15 th
Jan till noon of 16th Jan. The noon position on 15th Jan was observed to be 10OS, 45OE.

Time Compass Co. Variation (deg E/W) Deviation (Deg E/W)

1200 – 1800 150OC 2OE 3OE
1800 – 2400 135OC 2OE 5OW
0000 – 0600 090OC 2OE 6OE
0600 – 1200 120OC 2OE 3OW

Calculate expected Noon position for 16th January. (30)

Q.6 a) If a ship departs from position 46O 14’N, 125O 36’W on a course of 237OT and covers 7076,
find the position reached (by Mercator Sailing). (25)
O O O
b) A ship in position 41 10’S 032 45’W is steering a course of 090 T at a speed of 16 knots. Find
the longitude reached after 22 hours of Steaming. (05)

Q.7 A vessel having a draft For’d 6m, aft 7 m wants to clear a bar (charted depth 6m), at Bombay
(#4359) on 15th February 1992 with a UKC of 2m. Find the earliest time in the evening, when the
vessel can do so. (30)

Q.8 Draw the following charts symbols:-

a) Obstruction with depth 11.9 m.
b) Limit of safety zone around offshore installations
c) East Cardinal Buoy
d) Radio reporting points
e) Established direction of Traffic in TSS.

************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd September-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use Chart 5048 (Old head of Kindsale to Turkar Rock), Deviation card No.2.
2. Luminous range diagram may be provided if necessary.
3. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
4. Position of land marks are approximate and are to be used for identification only.

PART – A:
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 A vessel dropped pilot at 51O 44.5’ N, 007O 14.5’W. Her maximum draft is 13 meters and is
bound for NE lane of St. Georges Channel TSS.
Max engine speed is 13 kts. Visibility is 10 miles. Vessel is equipped with all functioning bridge
equipment. Plan a safe passage. (30 Marks)

Q.2 A vessel observes the following compass bearings:-

Ballycotton is Lt. (51O 49.5’N 007O 59.0’W) …………………… 294O(C)
Capel Island (51O 52.8’N 007O 51.2’W) …………………… 338O(C)
Ram Head (51O 56.3’N 007O 42.4’W) …………………... 008O(C)
Find the position of the vessel and compass error. (30 Marks)

Q.3 A vessel steering 056O (G), observes Old Head of Kinsale Lt. Ho. (51O 36.3’N 008O 31.8’W), (FI (2)
10s 72m 25M) to bear 001O (G) at 1000 hrs. At 1030 hrs it bore 313O(G) and at 1100 hrs it bore
271O(G). Current setting west, Gyro Error 1O(H), Engine speed 10 kts.
Find (a) CMG, SMG (b) Rate of Current (c) Position at 1100 hrs. (30 Marks)

Q.4 At 1800 hrs, while steering 251O(G), Conningbeg Racon M (52O 02.4’N, 006O 39.4’W) was
observed 10’ off. At 1900 hrs Hook Head Racon K (52O 07.4’N, 006O 55.8’W) bore 051O(G), Current
was known to be setting S’ly at 2 knots. Find (a) Position at 1800 and 1900 hrs. Gyro Error 1 O(H).
(30 Marks)

1
 PART B:

ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 On 13th January Noon a Lt. House in position 50O 25.5’S, 179O 59.5’W, bore 004O T, Distance 16
miles. From the following log abstract find the course and distance made good and EP on 14 th
January noon:-

Comp Co. Dev Var Wind Leeway Log

13th Jan Noon Set Co. 225O 3OW 3OE Sly 2O 00

2000hrs A/Co 162O Nil 3OE Sly 3O 100
0200 hrs A/Co 070O 2OW 4OE Ely 2O 160
0800 hrs A/Co 120O 2OE 4OE Ely Nil 220
14th Jan Noon A/Co 130O 3OE 4OE Ely 2O 270

A S W: current at 2 Kts was experienced throughout, clocks were advanced 1 hrs at midnight and
vessel had engine breakdown from 0430 hrs to 0500 hrs. (30 Marks)

Q.6 Find GC distance, initial course and final course between A: 45O 00’N 165O 00’E to B: 10O00’S,
150O 00’W. (30 Marks)

Q.7 Find the High + Low water at Richmond (#2821) on 29th March 1992. (30 Marks)

Q.8 Draw the following symbols in your answer sheet:-

a) Fairway buoy b) East Cardinal Mark c) North Cardinal Mark
d) Wreck depth unknown and dangerous to surface navigation, and
e) Submarine Power Cable.
(20 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 3rd August-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use Chart 5056 (START POINT TO THE NEEDLES), Deviation card No.2, Variation 6.1OW, HE 12 m, Engine
speed 8 knots.
2. Luminous range diagram may be provided if necessary.
3. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
4. Position of land marks are approximate and are to be used for identification only.

PART – A:

QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:

(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 Explain in detail the purpose and principles of passage planning. Plan a safe passage with clear
marking of courses and distances, alteration points for each leg of passage from straight point pilot
station. (50O 36.5’N, 003O 21.7’W) to Needles Channel pilot station. Draft is 12m and all modern
navigational equipments are available onboard. (30 Marks)

Q.2 A vessel steering 200OC observed Berry Head Light (50O 24’N, 003O 29’W) bearing 277OC at
1800hrs. At 1845 hrs same light was bearing 320OC and at 1915 hrs it bore 335OC. Also at 1915 hrs
Start Point light (50O 13’N, 003O 38.5’W) was bearing 249OC. Find the position at 1915 hrs and
course and speed made good from 1800 hrs to 1915 hrs. Also find set and drift experienced during
above mentioned times. (30 Marks)

Q.3 At 2130 hrs, in DR position 50O 04’N, 002O 00’W, the vessel observed star “X” with azimuth
160OT, intercept 2.5 miles away and star “Y” with azimuth 085OT, intercept 2 mile towards. Find the
vessel’s position at 2130 hrs and course to steer to sight Bill of Portland light right ahead, when 8
miles off, if the current was setting 300OT at 3 knots. Also, find the course and speed made good.
(30 Marks)

Q.4 Following radar observations were made on a vessel at 2100 hrs, Straight Pt. (50O 36.5’N, 003O
21.7’W) was at a range of 7 miles. At 2145 hrs Beer Head (50O 41’N, 003O 05.7’W) was at the range
of 5 miles. If the course steered by the vessel was 077 OT and the current was known to be setting
NW at 2 knots. Wind is blowing southerly making a leeway of 2O. Find the course made good by the
vessel and her position at 2145 hrs. (30 Marks)

1
PART B:

ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 Following courses and distances were steamed by a vessel doing 15 knots, between noon of 15 th
Jan till noon of 16th Jan. The noon position on 15th Jan was observed to be 10OS 45OE.

Ship’s Time Compass Course (deg). Variation (deg) E/W Deviation (deg) E/W
1200 – 1800 150 2OE 3OE
1800 – 2400 135 2OE 5OW
0000 – 0600 090 2OE 6OE
0600 – 1200 120 2OE 3OW

Calculate the expected noon position for 16th January. (30 Marks)

Q.6 Calculate the Great Circle distance, initial & final course between 20O 00’S, 005O 00’W and 10O
00’N, 050O 00’W. (30 Marks)

Q.7 Calculate the height of tide at Sikka (ATT Vol 2 # 4333a) for 14th Feb 1992. (30 Marks)

Q.8 Draw following symbols as used on BA charts

a) Fairway buoy b) South Cardinal mark c) Dangerous Wreck
d) Submarine Cable e) Isolated danger mark
(20 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 13th July-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5048 (Ireland – South coast), Deviation card No. 2, HE 12 m, Variation 0.5OE.
2. Luminous range diagram may be provided if necessary.
3. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
4. Position of land marks are approximate and are to be used for identification only.

PART – A:
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING
(30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 A vessel dropped pilot at 51O 44.5’N, 007O 14.5’ W. Her maximum draft is 13 meters and is
bound for NE lane of St. Georges Channel TSS.
Max engine speed is 13 kts. Visibility is 10 miles. Vessel is equipped with all functioning bridge
equipment. Plan a safe passage.

Q.2 While steering 102O(G) error 1O(H), Old Head of Kinsale Lt. (51O 36.3’N, 008O 31.8’W, Fl (2) 10s
72m 25M) was observed to be 5 miles off in Starboard quarter. Echosounder indicated a depth of
45m. After steaming for an hour and experience S’ly current at 2ks with engine speed of 15kts
Kinsale B West Lt. (051O 21.6’N, 008O 01’W) bore 181O(G). Determine the initial and final position of
the vessel.

Q.3 A vessel steering 056O (G), observes Old Head of Kinsale Lt. Ho. (51O 36.3’N, 008O 31.8’W), [FL
(2) 10s 72m 25M] to bear 001O (G) at 1000 hrs. At 1030 hrs it bore 313O(G) and at 1100 Hrs it bore
271O(G). Current setting west, Gyro error 1O(H), Engine speed 10 kts.
Find (a) CMG, SMG (b) Rate of current (c) Position at 1100 hrs.

Q.4 At 1800 Hrs, while steering 251O (G), Coninbeg Racon ‘M’ (52O 02.4’N, 006O 39.4’W) was
observed 10’ off. At 1900 hrs Hook Head Racon ‘K’ (52O 07.4’N, 006O 55.8’ W) bore 051O (G). Current
was known to be setting S’ly @ 2kts. Determine ship’s position at 1800 & 1900 hrs. Gyro error 1 O(H).

1
 PART B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 On 13th January Noon a Lt. House in position 50O 25.5’S, 179O 59.5’W, bore 004OT. Distance 16
miles. From the following log abstract find the course and distance made good and EP on 14 th
January noon:-
Comp. Co. Dev Var Wind Leeway Log
13th Jan Noon Set Co. 225O 3OW 3OE Sly 2O 00
2000 hrs A/Co. 162O Nil 3OE Sly 3O 100
0200 hrs A/Co. 070O 2OW 4OE Ely 2O 160
0800 hrs A/Co. 120O 2OE 4OE Ely Nil 220
14th Jan Noon A/Co. 130O 3OE 4OE Ely 2O 270

A SW x Wly current at 2 Kts was experienced throughout, clocks were advanced 1 hrs at midnight
and vessel had engine breakdown from 0430 hrs to 0500 hrs.

Q.6 Calculate the Great Circle distance, initial & final course between 33 O45’S, 23O18’E and 20O08’S,
104O06’E.

Q.7 Find the High + Low water at Richmond (#2821) on 29th March 1992.

Q.8 Draw following symbols as used on BA charts

a) Fairway buoy b) East cardinal mark c) North Cardinal mark
d) Submarine Power Cable e) Isolated danger mark
(20 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 8th April-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5047 Deviation card No. 3, Variation 4OE, HE 10 m, Speed 12 knots.
2. Luminous range diagram may be provided if necessary.
3. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
4. Position of land marks are approximate and are to be used for identification only.

SECTION – I (30 Marks Each)

QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING 3

Q.1 Vessel having a draught of 11m drops pilot at Bristol Pilot Ground (51O 21’N, 003O 19’W) in gale
force winds and is bound for Swansea (51O 32’N, 003O 57’W). Vessel is equipped with Radar, Arpa,
Echo Sounder and Doppler Log. In view of above plan a safe passage for intended passage.
(30 Marks)
Q.2 a) At 1900 Hrs ship in DR position 51O 20’N, 004O 20’W observing following: Star A, Azimuth
218O(T) X 2’ Towards: Star B, Azimuth 143O(T) X 1.5 toward. Find the vessel position at 1900 hrs.
b) From 1900 Hrs position vessels intends to reach 5.5’ North of Hartland point. Current was setting
south at 2 Knot. Find the compass course to steer? (30 Marks)

Q.3 At 1400 Hrs a ship observes radar range of Caldey island 51 O 37.8’N, 004O 40.6’W is 4 miles.
Again at 1500 hrs it was found that radar range of ST. Gowan Light ship (51O 30.5’N, 004O 59.6’W)
was 5 miles. During 1400 Hrs to 1500 Hrs interval, ships course was 240 O(T) and speed 8 knot,
current was setting 150O(T) @ 2 knot. Find the vessel position at 1400 Hrs and 1500 Hrs.
(30 Marks)

Q.4 At 1100 Hrs, a vessel Steering 080O(T), Porteymon Pt. (43)(51O31.5’N, 004O13’W) bore 030O(T),
at 1130 it bore 000O(T) and at 1200 bore 330O(T), determine course and speed made good and the
rate of current if the current was setting south. (30 Marks)

1
 SECTION – II

Q.5 On 21st June @ N/N position 20O 15’ S, 160O 30’E, from the following the log abstracts find
- Courses & distance made good noon to noon
- Position arrived at noon on 22nd June
Time Compass Co. Variation Deviation Leeway Wind Speed
Noon 313OC 3OE 3OE 3 N 12.5
2000 A/co 027OC 3OE 2OW 3 N 12.3
0200 A/co 075OC 3OE 6OW Nil NE 13.1
0800 A/co 123OC 3OE 1OE 3 E 14.0

Current was setting SW @ 2.5 knots throughout. Engine Breakdown from 0400 hrs to 0600 hrs and
clocks retarded by 1 HR at Midnight. (30 Marks)

Q.6 Find the initial course, final course, distance when sailing on a great circle course from 24 O 35’N,
063O 44’E to 40O 21’N, 139O 21’E. (30 Marks)

Q.7 A vessel in the port of Duclair (Att Vol 1 # 1588) completes loading cargo on 22nd Feb 1992 at
1200 hours with a maximum draft of 9.2m. She has to cross a bar marked 6m at the entrance of the
port with a UKC of 1.5m. Find the earliest time when she can safely cross the bar. (30 Marks)

Q.8 Notices to Mariners: No. 384 of 2014 were received for the chart 5047 with the following
corrections. Do the necessary correction in the char using correct symbols (use pencil only).
- Wreck dangerous for surface navigation in position 51O 30’N, 004O 42’W
- Insert ‘Obstruction’ (depth unknown) in position 51O 38’N, 004O 44’W
- Insert ‘Isolated Danger Mark’ (Lit) in position 51O 37.9’N, 004O 44’W
- Insert ‘Submarine gas Pipeline’ from 51O 26.3’N, 003O 36.2’W to 51O 14.6’N, 003O 47.0’W.
(20 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 4th March-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5048 (Ireland – South coast), Deviation Card No.2; HE 12 m; Variation 0.5O E.
2. Luminous range diagram may be provided if necessary.
3. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
4. Position of land marks are approximate and are to be used for identification only.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 A vessel in SW bound lane in St. George Channel initial waypoint 52 O 10’N 006O 05’W. Her Max.
draft is 12m and is bound for Cork harbor pilot station 51O 45.6’ N 008O 14’W. Max. engine speed 13
kts. Visibility is 8 miles with light rains. Vessel is equipped with all latest navigational aids. Plan a safe
passage for above situation indicating courses, distances, waypoints, other required information etc.
on the chart and in answer sheet. (30)

Q.2 While steering 102O (G) error 1O(H), Old Head of Kinsale Lt. (51O36.3’N 008O 31.8’W: Fl (2) 10s
72m 25M) was observed to be 5 miles off in Startboard quarter. Echosounder indicated a depth of
45m. After steaming for an hour and experiencing S’ly current at 2ks with engine speed of 15kts
Kinsale B West Lt. (051O21.6’ N 008O 01’W) bore 181O(G). Determine the initial and final position of
the vessel. (30)

Q.3 At 1400 hrs, following compass bearings were observed by the vessel.
 Ballycotton Island Lt. (51O 49.5’N, 007O 59’W)
 Capel Island (51O 52.8’N, 007O 51.2’W)
 Ram Head (51O56.3’N, 007O42.4’W)
Determine ship’s position and compass error. (30)

Q.4 At 1800 hrs, while steering 251O(G), Coninbeg Racon ‘M’ (52O 02.4’N, 006O 39.4’ W) was observed
10’ off. At 1900 hrs Hook Head Racon ‘K’ (52O 07.4’N, 006O 55.8’W) bore 051O(G). Current was known
to be setting S’ly @ 2 kts. Determine ship’s position at 1800 & 1900 hrs, Gyro error 1O(H).

1
 PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 Following courses and distances were steamed by a vessel doing 12 knots, between noon of 1st
Feb till noon of 2nd Feb. The noon position on 1st Feb was observed to be 15ON 30OW. (30)

Ship’s Time Compass Course (deg) Variation (deg) E/W Deviation (deg) E/W
1200 – 1800 175 3OE 2OE
1800 – 2400 133 3OE 6OW
0000 – 0600 090 3OE 3OW
0600 – 1200 061 3OE 4OW

Clocks were advanced for 1 hr at between 0300 hrs. Current setting 240O x 2 kts was experienced
throughout. Estimate the noon position arrived at on 2nd Feb when above courses were steered and
distances steamed.

Q.6 Calculate the Great Circle Distance, initial & final course between 33O45’S, 23O18’E and 20O08’S,
104O06’E. (30)

Q.7 For port of Antwerp (Vol. 1) on 9th March 1992, determine height of tide at 1541 hrs LT.
(30)
Q.8 Draw following symbols as used on BA charts.
a) Fairway buoy b) East cardinal mark c) North Cardinal Mark
d) Submarine Power Cable e) Isolated Danger Mark
(20)
*************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 13 January-2021
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION
TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200
Notes:
1. Use Chart 5056 (Start point to Needles), Deviation Card No.1; HE 12 m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not
mentioned in the question; Variation 3.8O W.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 Explain in detail the principles of passage planning. State the publications that are used for planning safe
passage and their purpose.

Q.2 A Vessel steering 210OC observed Berry Head Light (50O 24’N, 003O 29’W) bearing 274OC at 1900 hrs. At
1930 hrs same light was bearing 318OC and at 1945 hrs it bore 345OC. Also at 1945 hrs Start Point light (50O
13’N, 003O 38.5’W) was bearing 247OC. Find the course and speed made good from 1900 hrs to 1945 hrs. Also
find set and drift experienced during above mentioned times.

Q.3 At 2030 hrs, in DR position 50O 00’N, 002O 00’W, the vessel observed star “X” with azimuth 170OT,
intercept 2 miles away, and star “Y” with azimuth 075 OT, intercept 1 miles towards. Find the vessel’s position
at 230 hrs, and course to steer to sight Bill of Portland light right ahead, when 9 miles off, if the current was
setting 290OT at 3 knots. Also find the course and speed made good.

Q.4 Following radar observations were made on a vessel at 2100 hrs Straight Pt. (50 O 36.5’N, 003O 21.7’W)
was at a range of 8 miles. At 2130 hrs Beer Fead (50 O 41’N, 003O 005.7’W) was at the range of 7 miles. If the
course steered by the vessel was 075OT and the current was known to be setting NW at 2 knots. Find the
course made good by the vessel and her position at 2130 hrs.

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY
Q.5 Following courses and distances were steamed by a vessel doing 15 knots, between noon of 14th March
till noon of 15th March. The noon position on 14th March was observed to be 10O N 30O E.
Ship’s Time Compass Course (deg) Variation (deg) E/W Deviation (deg) E/W
1200 – 1800 085 3OE 2OE
1800 – 2400 120 3OE 6OW
O
0000 – 0600 082 3 E 5OE
0600 – 1200 110 3OE 4OW
Calculate the expected noon position for 15th March.

Q.6 Calculate the Great Circle Distance, initial & final course between 10ON 40OE and 30ON 100OE.

Q.7 Calculate the height of tide at Richmond (ATT Vol.2, # 2821) on 29th March 1992.

Q.8 Draw following symbols as used on BA charts.

a) Fairway buoy b) East cardinal mark c) North Cardinal Mark
d) Submarine Power Cable e) Gas Supply pipeline
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 3rd December-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5047 (BRISTOL CHANNEL), Deviation Card No.2; HE 12 m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not mentioned
in the question; Variation 0.5O E.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY. ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 Your vessel has a maximum draft of 7.5m and is bound from position 51 ON 004O 45’W to Port Talbot pilot
station. V/L is fitted with all modern navigation aids. Plan a safe passage with clear marking of courses and
distances, alteration points for each leg of passage.

Q.2 At 1600 hrs, a vessel steering 220OT, speed 10 kts, observes Caldey Light (51O37’N, 004O 40’ W), radar
range 4.5M. At 1700 hrs, range of Gowan Light ship (51O30’N, 004O59’W) was 6 miles. Determine the vessels
position at 1600 and 1700 hrs, if the current was setting 170 O T at 2 knots.

Q.3 At 1100 hrs on a vessel steering 345OT at a speed of 8 knots, Lundy Island light (Gp. Fl (2), 20s) bore 028 OT,
at 1130 hrs it bore 055OT and at 1230 hrs the same light bore 110OT. Determine:
a) Course and speed made good,
b) Rate of current, if the current was known to be setting south-west,
c) Position of vessel at 1100 hrs and 1230 hrs.

Q.4 At 1900 hrs in DR position 51O30’N, 004O15’W, following celestial observations were made:
Star Spica: Azimuth 220OT, intercept 2 miles (towards)
Star Deneb: Azimuth 140OT, intercept 1 mile (towards),
Determine vessels observed position at 1900 hrs and course to steer to arrive 6 miles north of Hartland point
(51O01.5’N, 004O32’W) and her ETA, if the current was setting south at 2.5 knots.

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 A vessel’s log abstract from 15th Sept noon to 16th Sept noon is as follows:-
Time T. Co. Speed
1200 – 1600 120OT 10 knots
O
1600 – 2000 150 T 11 knots
O
2000 – 0400 135 T 10.5 knots
0400 – 0800 100OT 12 knots
O
0800 – 1200 110 T 11.5 knots

If a light house (12O15.0’N 003O 20.0’W) bore 130OT at radar range of 4 miles at 1300 hours on 15th Sept and
current was setting south at 3 knots throughout.
Find ship’s Position at 1300 on 15th & noon position on 16th Sept.

1
Q.6 Find initial course, final course and GC distance from 32 O 30’N 110O 15’E to 60O 20’N 040O 20’E.

Q.7 Find the earliest time on 3rd January 1992 to safely pass over a bar with charted depth 6m at Bay of Fundy
St. John, N. B. (#2864) for a vessel having forward draft 7 m and aft draft 8 m with a UKC of 1m.

Q.8 Perform following corrections as per weekly notice to mariner 46 of 2015, (2412 / 2015) in pencil
a) Insert fairway buoy in Position 51O 36’ N 004O 40’W
b) Insert Wreck dangerous for surface navigation in position 51O30’N 004O 48’W
c) Submarine cable from 51O24’N 003O 33’W to 51O 14’N 003O 50’W.
(20 marks)

*************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 11th November-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5056 (Start point to needles), Deviation Card No.2; HE 12 m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not
mentioned in the question; Variation 6O W.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 is compulsory. Attempt any two questions from the remaining three questions of this part.
All questions carry 30 marks each in this Part.

Q.1 A vessel is located at ‘Tor Bay’ off Brixham (50O25.4’N, 003O 30.5’W). She is bound for ‘Portland Harbour’
(50O 35’ N, 002O 26.5’ W). She has working radar, echo sounder, VHF and GPS. Plan your passage if Northerly
gales and moderate visibility. Write the synopsis in answer sheet in details.

Q.2 In Meteorological Visibility of 5 n.m. a vessel steering 075O(T) at 13 kts last sights on her port quarter Start
point Lt Ho (50O13.4’ N, 003O 38.4’W) at 0245 hrs and at 0515 hrs first sights the Bill of Port land Lt (50O30.8’N
002O 27.4’W) on her port bow. If the current is known to be setting 300 O(T) at 2 kts and strong Southerly gale
is causing 5O leeway. Determine the a) Ships position at 0245 hrs and 0515 hrs and b) Course Made Good and
Speed Made Good.

Q.3 At 1800 hrs while on a course 300O(T) at 14 kts you have observed from a vessel ‘East channel Racon’
(49O59’ N, 002O 29’W) and ‘Channel Lt Vsl’ (49O 54.5’ N, 002O 55.4’ W) to be same distance away on her radar.
Two hours later FR light at the ‘Start point’ Lt Ho (50O 13.3’N, 003O 38.4’W) becomes visible. If current is
known to be setting 250O(T) at 3 kts. Find Course Made Good, Speed Made Good and her position at 1800 hrs.

Q.4 A vessel was steering 260O(T) at 15 kts. At 1400 hrs Bill of Portland Lt (50O 30.8’N, 002O 27’ W) bore
310O(T) and at 1440 hrs it bore 000O(T) and again at 1510 hrs the same light bore 040O(T). Find the Course
Made Good, position of the vessel at 1400 hrs and 1510 hrs and drift of the current if current was known to be
setting 050O(T).

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 Following courses and distances were steamed by a vessel doing 15 knots, between noon of 5 th Jan till
noon of 6th Jan. The noon position on 5th Jan was observed to be 10O S 45O E.

Ship’s Time Compass Course (deg) Variation (deg) E/W Deviation (deg) E/W
1200 – 1800 150 3OE 2OE
1800 – 2400 135 3OE 6OW
0000 – 0600 090 3OE 5OE
0600 – 1200 120 3OE 4OW

Calculate the expected noon position for 6th Jan.

1
Q.6 Calculate the Great Circle distance, Initial & final course between 20O S 30O W and 40O S 80O W.

Q.7 Calculate the height of tide at Sikka (ATT Vol.2, #4333a) for 14 th Feb 1992.

Q.8 Draw following symbols as used on BA charts.

a) Light vessel b) West Cardinal mark c) Safe Water Mark
d) Submarine oil pipeline e) Gas supply pipeline.
(20 marks)

*************************X***X*****************************

2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th October-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5047 (BRISTOL CHANNEL), Deviation Card No.1; HE 15 m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not mentioned
in the question; Variation 03O E.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 Your vessel has a maximum draft of 10.0 m and is bound from position 51O N 004O 43’ W to Bristol Pilot
station V/I is fitted with all modern navigation aids. Plan a safe passage with clear marking of courses and
distances, alteration points for each leg of passage. Explain salient features of same.

Q.2 At 1800 hrs, a vessel steering 240OT, speed 12 kts, observes Caldey Light (51O 37’ N, 004O 40’ W), radar
range 5.5M. At 1830 hrs, range of Gowan Light Ship 51O 30’N, 004O 59’W was 5 miles. Determine the vessels
position at 1800 and 1930 hrs, if the current was setting 200 T at 3 knots.

Q.3 At 1300 hrs on a vessel steering 170OT at a speed of 7 knots, Lundy Island light (Gp. F1 (2), 20s) bore
210OT, at 1400 hrs it bore 235OT and at 1500 hrs the same light got obscured. Determine:
a) Course and speed made good,
b) Rate of current, if the current was known to be setting west
c) Position of vessel at 1500 hrs.

Q.4 At 2000 hrs in DR position 51O 30’N, 004O 15’W, following celestial observations were made:
Star Spica: Azimuth 220OT, intercept 1 mile (away)
Star Deneb: Azimuth 140OT, intercept Nil.
Determine vessels observed position at 2000 hrs, and course to steer to arrive 4.9 miles north of Foreland
point (51O 14.7’N, 003O 47.2’W) and her ETA, if the current was setting south at 3.0 knots. Engine speed 13.3
knots.

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 Initial position of the vessel 20O 15’S, 160O 30’E.

From the following log abstract find:
a) Course and distance made good Noon to Noon
b) Position arrived at next day Noon

Compass Course Var Dev Leeway Wind Speed

Set/ Co. 313O(C) 3OE 3OE 2O N 12.5 kts
2000 A/C 027O(C) 4OE 2OE 3O N 12.3 Kts
0200 A/C 074O(C) 5OE 7OE Nil NE 13.1 Kts
0800 A/C 123O(C) 6OE 1OE 3O E 14.0 Kts

Page 1
Current was setting SW @ 2 knots throughout. There was an engine breakdown from 0400 hrs to 0530 hrs.
Clocks were retarded by 1 hour at midnight. (30 Marks)

Q.6 Calculate the great circle distance, Initial Course and Vertex from position 56 O 45’N 065O 32’E to position
33O 36’N 132O 20’E. (30 Marks)

Q.7 A vessel drawing 2m forward and 2.8m aft has to cross a sand bar marked 1m on the chart with an
underkeel clearance of 2.5m in the port of Liverpool (ATT-1) on 16th March 1992. Find the earliest time she
can cross the same on a rising tide. (30 Marks)

Q.8 Correct your chart as per weekly notice 23 of 2016 correction No. 128/ 2016 with following (with pencil)
and make appropriate entry. Draw these symbols on answer sheet as well.
a) Insert “Wreck over which depth of 15.3 meters” in 51O 23.8’N, 003O43’W.
b) Insert “Oil Production Platform with flare whose identification is MZ-09 with safety zone of 1NM” in 51O
21.2’N, 004O 51’W.
c) Insert “Oil pipeline from 51O 38.2’N, 004O 47’W to new SBM in position 51O35.3’N, 004O45’W”, and
d) Insert “West Cardinal mark Pillar Buoy” in 51O 32.2’N, 004O 52’W.

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd March-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5048 (Old head of Kinsale to Tuskar Rock), Deviation Card No.1; HE 12 m; Engine Speed 12 knots
if not mentioned in the question; Variation to be used as per chart.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 A bulk carrier with the maximum draft of 10 m disembarked her pilot at Youghal bay anchorage in
position 51O 53.6’ N, 007O 51’W. Plan a safe passage from this position to join the north east bound lane of st.
Georges channel TSS. Write down the precaution you will take when you make a passage plan on ECDIS?

Q.2 Following bearings of old head Kinsalelt in position 51O36.2’N, 008O32’W, were observed as follows:-
0900 hrs – 330O(T)
0924 hrs – 280O(T)
1000 hrs – 025O(T)
At 1000 hrs balley cotton island lt. in position (51 O49.9’N, 007O59’W) was 10 miles off while vessel was
steering a course of 043O(T) at 12 kts find the followings:-
a) Course Made Good b) Speed Made Good c) Set and Drift
d) Also find the position at 1012 hrs

Q.3 Tusker rock lt (52O12’N, 006O18’W) was first seen at a distance of 3.6 miles off and 30 minutes later it was
last seen at a distance of 3.6 miles off due to poor visibility, in this interval the vessel steered a course of
235O(T), current was setting 330O(T) in 2 kts, determine the position of the vessel at the time of first seen and
last seen?

Q.4 A vessel observes balley cotton island lt (51O49.9’N, 007O59’W) bearing 236OC, capel island (51O52.5’N,
007O51’W) bearing 295OC and Williamson town lt (51O56.2’N, 007O51’W) bearing 340OC. Find the ship’s
position and deviation for ship’s head?

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 Vessel in DR position 50O16.0’S 145O13’E on 30th July 2000 set course as follows:

Time Compass Course Dev Var Log

1200 244OC 1OW 3OW 0
1600 194OC 2OW 2OW 60
2000 201OC 1OW 0O 122
0400 172OC 0O 2OW 181
1200 139OC 2OE 1OW 301

Page 1
Find ship’s noon position on 31st July 2000 if current was setting 260OT at 3 knots. Ship’s clocks were retarded
by 1 hour at 00:00 hours.

Q.6 Find the Initial course. Final course and position of Vertex between positions 30ON, 060OE to 50OS, 155OE.

Q.7 Find times and heights of H. W and L. W on 10th April 1992 at Navlakhi (Att-2).

Q.8 Draw the following chart symbols:- (20 Marks)

a) Underwater rock of unknown depth, dangerous to surface navigation.
b) Wreck showing any portion of hull or superstructure at level of chart datum.
c) Radio Reporting Point
d) Submarine Cable
e) A Pilot Point

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 9th Jan-2020
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5047 (Bristol Channel), Deviation Card No.2; HE 12 m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not mentioned in
the question; Variation as per chart.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 Your ship is a container vessel having all modern bridge equipment and draft of 11m. Plan a safe passage
from 51O02.8’N, 004O19’W to Bristol Pilot Stn (51O20’N, 003O18’W). Weather: Good visibility, Wind NW’ly x
force 6.

Q.2 At 1400 hrs Bull Point Lt.. Ho. (51O09’N, 004O13’W) was bearing 131O(T) and at 1420 hrs its bore 181O(T)
and at 1450 hrs it was bearing 223O(T). During this period ship’s course was 082O(T) and speed 12 kts. If
current was estimated to set 022O(T), find CMG, drift and position of vessel at 1400 and 1450 hrs.

Q.3 At 1900 hrs Caldey island Lt. Ho. (51O37’N, 004O42’W) was 4.1 NM away and after 30 minutes same Lt.
Ho. was bearing 322O(T). During this period ship sailed on a course 155 O(T) at a speed of 10 kts. Current was
estimated to set 170O(T) x 1.5 kts, wind SW’ly x leeway. Find CMG, SMG, position at 1900 and 1930 hrs.

Q.4 While at anchor vessel following compass bearing were observed:

Lundy island South Lt Ho. (51O10’N, 003O 42’W) 276OC
Bull Point Lt. Ho. 071OC
Hartland Lt. Ho. (51O02’N, 004O32’W) 196OC

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 On 13th Jan noon a light house in position 50O 25.5’S 179O 59.5’W bore 004O True distance 16 miles. Ship
thereafter steered following courses:

Time Com. Co. Dev Var Wind Leeway Log

th
13 Jan 1200 Hrs. S/Co 225o 3OW 3OE Sly 2O 0
14th Jan 0200 Hrs. A/Co 070O 2OW 4OE Ely 2O 160
0800 Hrs A/Co 120O 2OE 4OE Ely Nil 220
1200 Hrs A/Co 155O 1OE 4OE 1OE 2O 270

SW x Wly current at the rate of 2 kts was experienced throughout. Clocks were advanced by 1 hour at mid-
night. Find course and distance made good noon to noon and position of ship on 14 th Jan Noon.

Page 1
Q.6 Find the Great Circle distance, initial course and final course between following positions:
From (A) 15O 00.0’ S; 012O 00.0’ E
To (B) 07O 00.0’ N; 053O 00.0’ W

Q.7 Find tidal Predictions for Bharuch (ATT Vol II, #4352) on 19 th Feb 1992.

Q.8 Draw chart symbols of the following:-

a) Wreck over which depth is 14.3 m.
b) Rock whose drying height is 1.4 meters.
c) Suspended well over which depth is 16.5 meters.
d) Rock which covers and un-covers, height above chart datum unknown.
e) Disused Submarine power cable.
f) Yellow spherical buoy flashing 5 flashes every 20 seconds.
g) Tide Rips.

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th November-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5072 (Falsterbo to Oland), Deviation Card No.2; HE 8 m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not mentioned
in the question; Variation 3O W.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 Plan a safe passage from Kullagrund (55O17’N 013O20’E) Pilot station to 56O 05’N 016O 15’E. Your vessel is
a VLCC, having a draft of 18.5 meters, with normal service speed 15 kts and fitted with all latest navigational
equipment as per SOLAS. Weather: Winds NE’ly x Force 6, Visibility about 3 nm.

Q.2 A vessel steering 185O(T) observed following bearings of Christianso South Lt. Ho. (55 O 19’N 015O 11’E):
1900 hrs: 222O(T), 1925 hrs: 260O(T) and 2015: 321O(T). If current was estimated to set 125O(T) x 2 kts, find
CMG, engine speed and position at 1900 hrs and 2015 hrs.

Q.3 a) At 1300 hrs Utklippan Lt. Ho (55O 57’N 015O 44’E was bearing 031O(T) and distance by radar 5 NM. From
1300 hrs find true course to steer to pass Hammeroddde Lt. ho (55 O 18’N 015O03’E) by 4 NM on port side.
Current was estimated to set 095O(T) X 3 kts, wind E’ly X leeway 4O. Ship’s Engine speed 14 Kts.
b) If vessel continued as per part (a) find time, and true bearing when Hammerodde Lt. Ho will be raised.

Q.4 On a vessel at anchor following gyro bearings were observed at 2330 hrs:-
i) Hano ls Major Lt. (56O 01’N 014O 50’E) 250O(G)
ii) Tarno ls Lt. Ho. (56O 08’N 014O 58’E) 315O(G) and
iii) Gasefetan Lt. (56O 09’N, 015O 13’E) 045O(G).
Find ships position & Gyro error.

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 8th August at Noon Cape Sorell (42O 11’S 145O 10’E) bore 070OC distance 10 miles, Ship’s head 292OC.
From Noon, courses steered by the vessel are given in the following table:

SMT Compass Course Log Wind Direction Leeway Deviation Remarks

O O
1200 292 0 SW 3 3OE
1700 290O 32 SW x S 2O 3OE
O O
2100 287 62 SSW 2 2OE Variation 8OE Current
2100 – Vessel stopped for M/E Repair work. At 2400 hr resumed passage. Set direction 178O(T)
2400 Course 287O throughout.
0100 285O 90 SSW NIL 1OE Drift 10 NM.
O O
0900 279 138 SSW 3 1OE
1200 279O 138 SSW 3O -

Page 1
Find the EP next noon. CMG & SMG by the vessel from 8th Noon to 9th Noon?

Q.6 Find the Great Circle distance and final course by Great Circle sailing from position ‘A’ in Lat 20 O 00’S Long
165O00’W to a position ‘B’ in Lat 35ON Long 155OE?

Q.7 Find the earliest time on 11th March 1992 when a vessel can enter waters off Broom (ATT 6265) having a
draft of 20 meters and the patch at the entrance has a charted depth of 15 meters and the vessel needs a UKC
of 2.0 meters.

Q.8 Draw following chart symbols and write your reaction in case the ship’s track was laid over them:
a. Radio Callin-in Point for SW direction of vessel movement.
b. Major Light Float.
c. Wreck over which depth is 14.2 meters.
d. Yellow Pillar Buoy fitted with Radar Transponder Beacon transmitting Morse code “D”.
e. Dangerous under water rock over which depth is 4.2 meters.

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 3rd Sept-2019 (Noida Batch P.M. Paper)
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5048 (Old head of Kinsale to Tuskar Rock), Deviation Card No. 2; HE 12m ; Engine Speed 12 knots
if not mentioned in the question: Variation as per chart.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 Plan a safe passage from Cork Harbour Pilot stn (51 45’N, 008 15’W) to a position 52O08’N, 006O45’W.
O O

Your ship is VLCC with draft of 19.5m and fitted with latest bridge equipment.

Q.2 Following bearings of Mine Head Lt ho (52O 00’N, 007O35’W) were observed: 1900 hrs: 271O(T), 1925 hrs:
314O(T) and 2005hrs: 005O(T). At 2005 hrs Ram Head Pt. (51O55’N, 007O43’W) was bearing 335O(T). During
above period ship steered a course of 222O(T) at speed of 9 kts. Find course made good, set & drift and
position at 2005 hrs.

Q.3 While steering a course of 062O(T) x 14 kts, at 2100 hrs Bally cotton Lt. Ho. (51 O50’N, 007O59’W) was first
sighted and at 2140 hrs it was last sighted. During this period current was estimated to set 290 O(T) x 4 kts.
Meteorological visibility 3 NM. Find Course Made Good, Speed Made Good and Positions at 2100 hrs and
2140 hrs.

Q.4 On a vessel at 0500 hrs Pilot Lookout Lt. Ho (52 O09’N. 007O00’W) and Hood Head Lt. Ho (52O07’N,
006O56’W) were in transit bearing 302O(G) and after 45 minutes Hook Head Lt. Ho was bearing 048 O(G).
During this period vessel sailed on course of 265O(G) at speed of 11 kts, current was estimated to set 210 O(T) x
4 kts. a) Find the gyro error b) Find position at 0500 hrs, course made good and speed made good.

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY
Q.5 On 1st April noon a vessel in position 30O 30’N 070O 45’E steamed following courses:
1200 hr course was 300OT, next alteration was at 1900 hrs to 010O(T), Engine break down took place between
2000 hrs to 2100 hrs, vessel resumed her course of 010 O(T) again. Next alteration was at 0500 hrs to 045OT.
Current was setting throughout NE @ 3 kts and clocks were retarded by 01 hour at midnight. Find – a) Course
and distance made good noon to noon, b) position arrived at next day noon. (Engine speed was throughout 12
kts).

Q.6 A vessel sailed on initial G.C. course 210OT from position 38O30’S, 025O 30’W for a distance of 1000 NM.
Find latitude and longitude arrived and final course.

Page 1
Q.7 Given height of Bridge is 50M. MHWS range is 4M and chartered depth is 10M. Find earliest time a vessel
with 12M draft can sail out from Bombay on 05th March 1992 to pass safely with minimum 1M clearance
under the bridge and what will be her UKC. Maximum height of vessel from Keel to top of Mast is given as
62M.

Q.8 Draw following Symbols as used on BA charts:

a) Safely Fairway buoy b) West Cardinal mark c) Sounding of doubtful depth
d) Submarine Pipeline e) Radio reporting point (both ways)

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 3rd Sept-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5047 (Bristol Channel), Deviation Card No.2; HE 10m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not mentioned in
the question; Variation as per chart.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 Your ship is a container vessel having all modern bridge equipment with draft of 10m. Plan a safe passage
from 51O 03.2’N 004O 35.4’W to reach Bristol pilot station (51O 20’N 003O 18’W).

Q.2 At 0530hrs for a vessel in DR 51O20.0’N 004O 15.0’W the Mambles Hd Lt (51O33.8’N 003O 58.2’W) bore
055OT, at the same time sight of STAR VEGA gave an intercept of 5’ and an azimuth of 230O away. Find ship’s
position at 0530 hours.
From this position find True course to steer so as to pass 3 miles off south of Helwick light vessel (51 O 30.4’N
004O 25.8’W) if prevailing current was setting 170OT at 3 knots and S’ly wind causing 3O leeway.

Q.3 For a vessel sailing, St Gowan Lt Vessel (51O 30.5’N 004O 59.5’W) bore 235OT at 2000 hrs. Same light vessel
bore 270O after 30 minutes. Again at 2115 hrs same light vessel was observed at 310 OT. At 2030 hrs caldey
island lt bore 036OT.
Find Course Made Good, Speed Made Good and Course steered if current was setting 135 OT at 2 knots
(Engine speed unknown).

Q.4 A vessel heading 002OT x 10 kts, observes north Lundy lt (51O 12’N 004O 40.6’W) 060OT at 2100hrs and the
same light bore 150OT after 30 minutes.
If current was setting NE at 6.4 knots and W’ly wind causing a leeway of 3O.
Find Course Made Good, Speed Made Good & Time when Helwick light (51 O30’N 004O26’W) will be abeam.

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 From following log abstracts find the course and distance made good noon to noon and EP on 14 th Noon if
observed position on 13th Noon is 40O 25’N 070O 38’E:-

Time Remark Com. Co. Dev Var Wind Leeway Log

13th 1200 Set Co 220 2W 3E Sly 2 00
2000 Hrs A/C 160 1E 3E Sly 3 100
14th 0800 Hrs A/C 122 2E 4E Ely Nil 210
1200 Hrs A/C 130 3E 4E Ely 2 260

A SW’ly current @ 2kts was experienced throughout. Clocks were advanced 1 hrs at midnight. Ship had
engine breakdown from 0200 hrs to 0300 hrs on 14th.
Page 1
Q.6 Find initial course, final course and position of Vertex between Cape Bird 77 O08’S 166O30’E and San
Francisco 37O49’N 122O25’W.

Q.7 Find daily tidal predictions on 19th Feb 1992 at Port Duclair (Att Vol 1, #1588).

Q.8 i. Draw chart symbols of the following:-

a. Wreck which cleared by wire sweep to depth is 15.3 meters.
b. Production platform showing flare.
c. Suspended well over which depth is 19.6 meters.
d. Rock which dries at level of chart datum.
e. Sw’ly 3 kts Flood tide.

ii. Write section-wise brief contents of weekly notices to mariners.

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 10th July-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5056 (Start point to Needles), Deviation Card No.4; HE 12m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not
mentioned in the question; Variation as per chart.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 A vessel drawing a draft of 16m drops pilot at Needles channel (50O 38’ N 1O 39’W) in gale force winds and
is bound for Tor Bay (50O 25’N, 30O 28’W). The vessel is also experiencing steering problem on account of a
damaged rudder stock. The vessel is equipped with the following:
1. Radar with ARPA. 2. Echo Sounder
3. Rate of turn indicator 4. Doppler Log.
Plan a safe passage.

Q.2 While steering a course of 276O(G), engine speed unknown, following bearings of Bill of Portland Lt. Ho
(50O 31.0’N 002O 27’W) were observed – at 1300 hrs 327O(G), 1330 hrs 032O(G) and at 1350 hrs 067O(G). If
Gyro Error was 2O Low and current was setting 025O (T) at 4 Kts. Find Course made good, engine speed and
position at 1300 and 1350 hours.

Q.3 At 1400 hrs a vessel observes East Channel Lt. (49O 59’N 002O 29’W) bearing South and at the same time
Channel Lt. vessel bore WSW. Find Ship’s position. From this position set a course to pass 4’ north of channel
Lt. vessel if current was setting 200O T at 2.5 Kts and NW wind was causing a leeway of 3O. Find True course to
steer and time when Channel Lt. will be abeam.

Q.4 At 2000 hrs Start point Lt. was 6’ off and at 2100 hrs Berry Head Lt. was 5’ off on Radar. During the above
period, vessel steered a course of 020OT at 11 kts in a northerly wind causing a leeway of 5O. The current was
setting 180OT at 2 kts. Find CMG, SMG, Position of vessel at 2000 & 2100 hrs.

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 Following courses and distances were steamed by a vessel doing 15 knots, between noon of 14 th March
till noon of 15th March. The noon position on 14th March was observed to be 10O N 30OE.

Ship’s Time Compass Course (deg) Variation (deg) E/W Deviation (deg) F/W
1200 – 1800 085 3OE 2OE
1800 – 2400 120 3OE 6OW
0000 – 0600 082 3OE 5OE
0600 – 1200 110 3OE 4OW
Calculate the expected noon position for 15th March?

Page 1
Q.6 Calculate the Great Circle distance, initial & final course between 10ON 40OE and 30ON 100OE.

Q.7 Calculate the height of tide at Richmond (Att Vol.2 #2821) on 29th March 1992.

Q.8 Draw following symbols as used on BA charts (20 marks)

a) Fairway buoy b) East cardinal mark c) North Cardinal mark
d) Submarine Power Cable e) Gas supply pipeline

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th May-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5072 (Falsterbo to Oland), Deviation Card No.2; HE 12m; Engine Speed 14 knots if not mentioned
in the question; Variation 4O E.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO.1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)

Q.1 Your vessel a Tanker just dropped pilot off Savaneke (55 O 08.5’N, 015O 11.5’ E), plan a safe passage from
this position to join west bound traffic lane (TSS) off Falsterbore (55 O 18.5’ N, 12O 40’E) in a restricted visibility
condition. Plot courses on chart and mark alteration points, way points, courses and distances on each leg of
passage and same to be written in the answer sheet. Maximum draft 18 mtr. Assume all navigational
equipments are working well.

Q.2 At 0800 hrs a vessel was equidistant from Hammerodde (55O 18’ N, 014O 47’ E) and Christianso Lt (55O
19.3’ N, 015O 11.5’E) houses. She was steering a course 325O(T) at 12 kts, current was estimated to set SW’ly
at 2 kts. At 09300 hrs Stensuvud Lt Ho bore 300O(T). Find the position of the vessel at 0800 hrs and 0930 hrs.

Q.3 While steering a course 228O(T) Olands sodra Grund Racon light (56O 04’ N, 016O 42’ E) was last sighted at
2100 hrs, when visibility was 5 n.m. At 2200 hrs Utklippan Lt (55 O 57’ N, 015O 41’ E) was first sighted, visibility
remaining same. Current was known to be setting 013O(T) at 2.5 kts throughout. Find the vessel’s position at
2100 hrs and 2200 hrs. Also find time and position when Utklippan light will be last sighted, if visibility remain
same. Eng. spd – 12 kts, HE 12m.

Q.4 At 2000 hrs, a vessel drops pilot at Simrishamn Pilot Station (55 O 33.5’ N, 014O 24’E) and steers a course of
071O(T) at 9 kts with Meteorological visibility being 5 n.m. Master decides to alter course when Simrishamn Lt
(Iso WRG 6s) is last seen. After altering course she is to pass Hano Lt (56 O 01’ N, 014O 51’E) 3 n.m. on her port
side. If current was setting 120O(T) at 2 kts, find the time and position when (i) Vessel alters course towards
Hano Lt. (ii) Hano light is first sighted H.E:- 12m.

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 Having reset the log to zero, a ship steered the following courses from noon on 25 th June 1992.

Duration Course Total Dist.

1200 – 1900 162O(T) 84
1900 – 2400 122O(T) 144
0000 – 0600 087O(T) 220
0600 – 1200 350O(T) 300

Page 1
At 1730 hrs a point of land in 42O05’S 118O28’E was observed to be 4 points on the port bow. At 1810 hrs the
point was a beam. Find the Course and Distance Made Good and DR position at noon 26th. (30 Marks)

Q.6 Find the initial Course and final Course, the distance along GC track from 25 O15’N 045O 12’E to 10O 40’N
130O 20’E. (30 Marks)

Q.7 Find out the height of tide at Suez at 1100 h GMT on 28 th April. (30 Marks)

Q.8 Draw the symbols: (20 Marks)

a) Insert wreck mast visible
b) Insert south cardinal buoy
c) Submarine power cable.
d) Tide rips
e) Leading Lights.

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th March-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5047 (Bristol Channel), Deviation Card No.2; HE 12m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not mentioned in
the question; Variation 4OE.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
Note: QUESTION NO. 1 is compulsory. Attempt any two questions from the remaining three
questions of this part. All questions carry 30 marks in this Part.

Q.1 A vessel having draft of 11m drops pilot at Bristol Pilot Grounds (51 O 21’N, 003O 19’W) in gale force winds
and is bound for Swansea (51O 32’ N, 003O 57’ W) while the vessel is equipped with ARPA, Echo sounder,
Doppler Log. She is also experiencing steering problems. In view of the above, plan a safe passage for the
intended voyage.

Q.2 A ship steered 020O(T) at 12kts. Following bearings were obtained on North Lundy Light (Lat 51 O 12.5’N,
Long 064O 40’W), 2100 hrs:- 083O(T), 2130hrs 121O(T), 2148 hrs 139O(T). At 2130 hrs same light house was 8.4
n.m off. If the current remained same throughout, find the Course to steer and engine speed required to
reach Port Talbot Pilot station (51O29’N; 004O 00’W) at 0100 hrs next day.

Q.3 At 0800 hrs a vessel observes Foreland point Lt Ho (51O 14.5’N, 003O 47’W) to bear 157O (G) and 5 n.m. off
by radar. At the same time Nash Pt Lt Ho (51 O 24’N, 003O 33’ W) was observed to be 12 n.m. off by radar.
From the above position set Gyro course to first sight Helwick Lt. Vessel (51 O 30.5’ N, 004O 26’W) 30O on STBD
bow in prevailing meteorological visibility of 2 miles.

Q.4 At 0600 hrs, a vessel anchored at Carmarthen Bay observes the following:
Watch tower (51O 42’N, 004O 20’ W) ……………………………………………………… 045O (C)
Rhossili Down Tr (189) (51O 35’N, 004O 17’ W) ………………………………………. 118O (C)
Helwick Lt. Vessel (51O 31’N, 004O 25’ W) ……………………………………………… 180O (C)
Find the a) Compass Error, b) Position of the vessel

PART – B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 From the following Log abstract Find:-

a) CMG, DMG noon to noon, b) position arrived at next Noon.
On 20th January Noon Position Lat:- 20O 30’N, Long:- 040O 20’E
Time Comp Co Varn Devn L’way Wind Log
1200 Set Co 283O 3OE 5OW 3O NE 000
O O O O
2100 A/C 044 4 E 2 E 2 N 111
O O O O
0100 A/C 067 5 E 4 E 4 N 149
0800 A/C 340O 5OE 2OW 1O N 206
st
21 N/N 256
Current was setting SE ly @ 2 kts throughout. Clocks were advanced by 1 Hour at midnight. (30 Marks)

Page 1
Q.6 Calculate the Initial course, final course and distance along the GC track from position ‘A’ 35 O 40’N, 141O
00’ E to position ‘B’ 45O N 174O 51.8W. (30 Marks)

Q.7 Find the height of tide at 1200 GMT at Gentbrugge (TT 1) (#1539a) on 6 th day of March 1992.
(30 Marks)

Q.8 Draw the following chart symbols: (20 Marks)

a. Underwater rock of unknown depth, dangers to surface navigation.
b. Wreck showing any portion of hull or superstructure at level of chart datum.
c. Radio Reporting Point.
d. Submarine Cable
e. A Pilot Point.

*************************X***X*****************************

Page 2
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 3rd Jan-2019
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5056 (Start point to the Needles), Deviation card No.2; HE 12m, Engine speed 12 knots if not
mentioned in the question. Variation as per chart.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 You are on a Car Carrier which is having all modern bridge equipment with maximum sea speed of 16 kts
and draft of 10m. Plan a safe passage from Needles Channel Pilot station (50 O 38’N, 001O 39’W) to Exmouth Pilot
Station off Straight Point (50O36’N, 003O22’W). Weather: Good visibility, Wind NE’ly x Wind force 7. Estimated
Tidal Stream: NW’ly X 2 kts.

Q.2 While steering a course of 051O(T) at a speed of 14 kts, following bearings of Start point Lt Ho. (50 O13’N,
003O38’W) were observed: 1030 hrs.: 354O(T), 1100 hrs: 307O(T) and 1140 hrs 264O(T). If current was known to
set at 3 kts in NE quadrant. Find course made good, speed made good, exact direction of current and position at
1140 hrs.

Q.3 A vessel was steering a course of 160O(G) at engine speed of 9 kts. At 1100 hrs Bill of Portland Lt. Ho.
(50O30’N, 002O27’W) was bearing 120O(G) and after 45 minutes it was bearing 058O(G). If current was known to
set 195O(T) at 4 kts, wind NE’ly causing leeway of 3O. Find CMG, SMG and position at 1100 hrs and 1145 hrs. Also
find estimated position arrived at 1300 hrs in case vessel continued in same conditions. GE 1 O(H).

Q.4 At 2200 hrs following radar bearings were observed:

Brownsea Is Occ WRG Lt Ho (50O41’N, 001O57’W) 281O(C)
Hengistbury head (50O42’N, 001O45’W) 031O(C)
Needles Point Lt Ho (50O40’N, 001O35’W) 081O(C)
Find ship’s position & Deviation of compass (Variation 6OW)

PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY
Q.5 On 1 May at noon a ship in observed position 05 O54’ S 006O 06.8’ W steered following courses till 2nd May
st

noon.
Time Com. Co. Dev Var Wind Leeway Log
O O O O
1200 Hrs S/Co 160 2 E 5 W Sly 1 0
O O O
2000 Hrs A/Co 247 4 W 5 W Sly 4 110
0400 Hrs A/Co 224O 3OW 4OW Sly 2O 210
O O O
1200 Hrs A/Co 283 5 W 4 W Sly Nil 305
A NNW’ly current was setting at the rate of 2 kts. Throughout, clocks were advanced by 1 hour midnight and
engines stopped for repairs between 0430 Hrs. to 0515 Hrs on 2nd May.

Find course and distance made good and position of ship at noon on 2 nd May.
Q.6 Find great initial course, final course and position of vertex between departure position (A) 37 O 00’S 019O
00’E and arrival position (B) 56O 00’S 067O 00’W.

Q.7 Find tidal Predictions for Filder’s Ferry Wharf (ATT Vol 1, #456a) on 13 th Feb 1992.

Q.8 Carry out following corrections (weekly notice 10/2017) with pencil on your chart:

a. Notice no 103/2017: Insert new wreck showing part of hull in position 50 O37’N, 001O41.4’W.
b. Notice no 112/2017: Insert yellow can buoy named “AZ” in position 50 O37.5’N, 002O58.5’W with yellow light
flashing twice every 15 seconds.
c. Notice no 321/2017: Insert wreck over which depth is 18.3 meters in position 50 O36’N, 003O10.3’W.
d. Notice no. 006/2018: Insert underwater rock over which depth is unknown dangerous for surface navigation
in position 50O30.3’N, 002O23.6’W.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 2nd Nov-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5056 (Start point to the Needles), Deviation card No.2; HE 12m, Engine speed 12 knots if not
mentioned in the question.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.

PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 You are on board a car carrier drawing 09 m fwd and 11 m aft. Keeping in mind the UKC policy of your
company plan a safe passage after dropping Needles Pilot (50 O 38’N 001O 39’W) to pick up Ex-mouth pilot (50O
36’N 003O 21.5’W). The vessel is fitted with all modern navigational equipment.

Q.2 While steering a course of 280O(G), following bearings of Bill of Portland Lt. Ho. (50O 31’N, 002O 27’W) were
observed, 1300 hrs, 331O(G), 1330 hrs; 036O(G) and 1350 hrs 071O(G). If Gyro Error was 2O High, current was
estimated to set 025O(T) at 4 kts.
Find course made good, engine speed and position at 1300 and 1350 hrs.

Q.3 At 2030hrs, in DR position 50O 00’N, 002O 00’W, the vessel observed star “X” with azimuth 170OT, intercept
2 miles away, and star “Y” with azimuth 075OT, intercept 1 mile towards. Find the vessel’s position at 2030 hrs,
and course to steer to sight Bill of Portland light right ahead, when 9 miles off, if the current was setting 290 OT
at 3 knots. Also find the course and speed made good.

Q.4 While on course of 021O(G) at speed of 14 kts, at 1600 hrs Start Pt Lt ho (50 O13’N, 003O30’W) was bearing
270O(G) and after 45 minutes Berry Head Lt. Ho (50 O24’N, 003O29’W) was 6 nm away. During this period current
estimated to set 045O(T) at 3 kts, wind wind S’ly with leeway 2O. If Gyro Error 2O(H), find CMG, SMG & position
at 1600 and 1645 hrs.

PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 At noon a light house 34O10’N, 45O12’E bore 315O by compass (var 10OW, dev 8OW), distance 16m she then
steamed the following course till next day noon.
Course by compass Deviation Variation Distance
O O O
240 8 W 8 W 50M
O O O
260 7 W 8 W 65M
275O 4OW 9OW 70M
O O O
280 2 W 9 W 90M

Find the DR position next noon, if the observed position was 33 O00’N 040O00’E, find the set and drift
experienced.
(30 Marks)
Q.6 Find the initial Course and final Course, the distance along GC track from 49O 50’N 005O 15’W to 32O 29’N
064O00’W. (30 Marks)

Q.7 Find the height of tide at 0900hrs local time at Dover on 3rd March. (30 Marks)

Q.8 Draw the following Chart symbols:

a) Radio Tower
b) Contour lines with spot height 132m
c) Rock Awash at the level of chart datum.
d) Obstruction which has been swept by wire of the depth shown.
e) Sounding in true position.
(20 Marks)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 5th Sept-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5072 (Falsterbo to Oland), Deviation Card No. 2; HE 12 m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not mentioned
in the question. Variation 6OW.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 Consider you are on a fully loaded container ship maximum speed 26 kts. Plan your passage from
simrishamn pilot station 55O33.5’N 014O24.0’E to kullagrund pilot station 55O17.0’N 013O10.5’E if moderate
visibility & strong N’ly winds prevails. Show clearly all the way points on the chart recording their co-ordinates in
the answer booklet as well. How long will this passage take?

Q.2 The following bearing was observed:

Christianso Lt (55O19’N 15O11.5’E) 057OC
Svaneke Lt (55O08’N 15O10’E) 167OC
Hammerodde Lt (55O18’N 14O47’E) 284OC
Find the ship’s position and the deviation for the ship’s head if variation was 6OW.

Q.3 At 0200hrs Christiansolt (55O20’N 15O10’E) bore 204OT 6 miles off by radar. From this position find the
compass course to steer as to sight Simrishamn Lt. (55O33.5’N 14O22’E) right a head in meteorological visibility
of 5 miles with the current setting 040OT at 4 kts. Also estimate the time when Simrishamn light will be sighted
right ahead.

Q.4 A vessel in DR posn 55O46’N 15O40’E took a stellar observation at 0430 hrs, which gave an Azimuth of 300 OT
intercept 3 miles AWAY. From this available information find the safe course so as to pass 4 miles off Christianso
Lt. 55O20’N 15O10’E on the portside. Also find the time of final alternation of course.

PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 On 23rd September, at Noon a light house in position 25 O 50’N, 126O 30’ E, bore 000O (C), dev 2O E, Var 6OW,
distance 10 n.m. The vessel then steered the following courses:
TIME COMP CO VARN DEVN LOG
O O O
1200 190 6 W 2 E 000
2000 ENGINES STOPPED TILL 2030 HRS 080 (LOG HAULED)
2030 185O 5OW NIL RESET TO 000 (ZERO)
TH
24 1200
Calculate the NOON position on the 24th if current was setting 300O(T) at 1.5kts throughout.
(30 Marks)
Q.6 Find the initial Course and final Course, the distance along GC track from 25 15’N 045 12’E to 10O40’N
O O

130O20’E. (30 Marks)

Q.7 Find the depth of water at 0500 hrs on 21st February 1992 at Seattle (A.T.T No.9174). Where the charted
depth is given as “dries 05mtrs”. (30 Marks)

Q.8 (a) Write short notes on:-

i) Wind Rose ii) Hydrographic Note (10 Marks)
b) Draw the below mentioned chart symbols:- (10 Marks)
i) Rock awash ii) Reporting points iii) Eddies iv) Foul ground
v) Un-surveyed wreck over which depth unknown but considered to be safe clearance 9m.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 3rd July-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5048 (Old head of Kinsale to Tuskar Rock), Deviation Card No. 2; HE 12 m; Engine Speed 12 knots
if not mentioned in the question. Variation 1OW.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 A Vessel dropped a pilot VLCC pilot station (51O45’N 008O15’W). You were experiencing bad weather. Plan
a passage to Tarmore Bay W off Browtone head to position 52 O07.6’N 007O08.6’W. The vessel is equipped
with all latest navigational aids. Ships speed 14 kts and maximum draft is of 10m. Demonstrate the art of
passage plan along the coast.

Q.2 A vessel coming out of St. George’s channel TSS, the following compass bearing were observed at 0800
hrs. TUSKAR ROCK LT HOUSE: 020O(C), KARNSORE PT TIP: 320O(C), LITTLE SALTEE ISLAND SOUTH TIP:275O(C).
Find the position of the vessel at 0800 hrs, and the deviation of the compass, if the variation was 2 OW.

Q.3 While steering a course of 073OT, Mine Head Light (51O59’N 007O36’W) was observed to bear 025OT at
2000h. At 2020h, it bore 345OT and at 2040h, it bore 293OT. The current was estimated to set 028OT. Find the
vessel’s position at 2020h and 2040h and rate of drift. What course must be steered to make good 073 OT?

Q.4 With vessel 5 miles due south of Tuskar Rock Bar at 1700h, Vessel alters course to pass Conningbeg light
vessel, 2 miles off when nearest, counteracting a current setting due north at 2 knots. Ship’s speed being 12
knots. Vessel however, was found 8 miles due south off Conningbeg light vessel at 1830h. Find the actual set
and drift. (HE 10m)

PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY
Q.5 At Noon a vessel sailed with a buoy in position 42 O11’S 050O 15’W bearing 180OT distance 5 miles. The log
was set to zero and course was set to 050O(C), Var. 10OW and Dev 2OE. At the following Noon when log
registered 345’, the position was found to be in Lat.37O54’S Long. 045O 12’W. Find the course and speed made
good and set and drift for the day.

Q.6 Find the Great Circle distance and the initial course between 7O N 053O W and 15OS 012OE.

Q.7 A vessel having a draft of forward 6m and aft 7m has to cross a bar marked 3m on the chart with an
underkeel clearance of 1m. Find the earliest time she can do so during the rising tide of 7 th April 1992. (Port
Antwerp, ATT-VOL.1)

Q.8 (a) Explain how will you correct a chart not corrected for 2 years.
(b) Insert in pencil a wreck in position lat.: 55O 15’N long.: 016O 00’E of which the mast only are visible at chart
datum.
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 3rd May-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5047 (Bristol Channel), Deviation card No. 3, HE-10 m and variation 4O E. Ship Speed 12 knots if
not mentioned in the question.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 A Vessel having a draft of 11.5 mtrs drops pilot at Cardiff Pilot Grounds (51 O 21’N 003O 19’ W) in rough
weather and is bound for Swansea (51O 32’N 003O 57’W). Vessel is equipped with GPS, Radar, ARPA, Echo
sounder & Doppler Log. Plan a safe passage for the intended voyage. Plot courses and distance on the chart
along with way points. Vessel has to maintain safe distance of at least 2 nm away from all dangers during the
voyage.

Q.2 At 0600 hrs, UTC on 2nd Feb 1992, a vessel anchored at Carmarthen Bay observes the following:
WATCH tower (51O 42’ N 004O 20’W)…………. 045O (C)
Rhossili Down Tr. (181) (51O 5’ N 004O 17’W)…………. 118O (C)
Helwick Lt. Vessel ………………………… 180O (C)
Find the a) Compass error b) Position of the vessel.

Q.3 a) At 1800 hrs vessel in DR Position 51O 20’N 004O 20’W observed following star sights. STAR A: Azimuth
220O T x 2’ towards, STAR B: Azimuth 140O T x 1’ toward. Find the vessel’s position at 1800hrs.
b) From 1800 hr position vessel intends to reach 5’ north of Hartland point, current was setting south at 2
Knot. Find compass course to steer?

Q.4 At 1400 hour a vessel observe radar range of Caldey island (51 O 37.8’N, 004O 40.6’ W) is 4 miles. Again at
1500 hour it was found that radar range of St. Gowan light vessel (51O 30.5’N 004O 59.6’ W) was 5 miles.
During 1400 hour to 1500 hour interval, vessel’s course was 240O true and speed 8 knot, current was setting
150O true x 2 knot. Find out vessel’s position at 1400 hrs and 1500 hrs.

PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.5 8th August at noon Cape Sorell (42O 11’S 145O 10’ E) bore 070O C dist 10 nm. Ships head 292O C. From
noon, courses steered by the vessel are given in the following table:
Compass Log Wind Deviation
SMT Leeway Remarks
Course direction
1200 292O 0 SW 3O 3OE
32 SW x S 3OE Variation 8OE, Current set direction 178O
1700 290O 2O
(T) throughout. Drift 10 nm.
2100 287O 62 SSW 2O 2OE
2100 –
Vessel Stopped for M/E Repair work. At 2400 hr resumed passage, course 287 O
2400
 0100 285O 90 SSW 0O 1OE
0900 279O 138 SSW 3O 1OE
1200 279O 158 SSW 3O -

Find the EP next noon, CMG & SMG by the vessel from 8th noon to 9th noon?

Q.6 Vessel Sailed on initial G.C. Course 210O(T) from 38O 30’S 025O 30’W. Find the longitude arrived after
sailing 1000nm and the final course?

Q.7 A Vessel is to cross a bar marked 2m on chart at Elephant point in Rangoon River, ATT {II} ON 17th March
1992, at 1200 hrs. If minimum UKC of 1m is required, find the maximum draft to which vessel can load?

Q.8 Notices to mariners No: 2537 of 2012 were received for chart no. 5047 with following corrections. Do the
necessary correction in the chart using correct symbols. (use pencil only)
a) Insert ‘obstruction’ (depth unknown) in position 51O 38’N 004O 44’W.
b) Insert ‘Isolated danger mark’ (Lit) in position 51O 37.9’N 004O 44’W.
c) Insert ‘submarine gas pipeline’ from 51O26.3’N 003O 36.2’W to 51O 14.6’N 003O 47’W.
[20 Marks]

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6TH March-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5048 (Ireland South Coast), Deviation card No. 2, HE 12m, Engine speed 12 knots if not
mentioned in the equation. Variation 0.5OE.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 Vessel dropped pilot at 51O 45’N 007O 15’W. Her max. draft is 14m and is bound for North East bound lane
of St. Georges Channel TSS. Max. engine speed 13kts. Visibility is 8 miles with light rains. Vessel is equipped
with all latest navigational aids. Plan a safe passage for above situation indicating courses, distances,
waypoints, other required information etc. on the chart and in answer sheet.

Q.2 While steering 056O (G), Old Head of Kinsale Lt. (51O 36.3’N 008O 31.8’W, Fl (2) 10s 72m 25M) at 1000 hrs
bore 001O (G), at 1030 hrs bore 313O (G), at 1100 hrs bore 271O (G). Current setting Why, Gyro error 1O (H),
Engine Speed 10kts. Find the
a) Course & Speed made good b) Position at 1000, 1030 & 1100 hrs c) Drift of current

Q.3 At 1400 hrs, following compass bearings were observed by the vessel
 Ballycotton Island Lt. (51O 49.5’N, 007O 59’W) 294O (C)
 Capel Island (51O 52.8’N, 007O 51.2’W) 338O (C)
 Ram Head (51O 56.3’N, 007O 42.4’W) 008O (C)
Determine ship’s position and compass error.

Q.4 At 1800 hrs, while steering 251O (G), ConinbegRacon ‘M’ (52O 02.4’N, 006O 39.4’ W) was observed 10’ off.
At 1900 hrs Hook Head Racon ‘K’ (52O 07.4’N, 006O 55.8’W) bore 051O (G). Current was known to be setting
S’ly @ 2kts. Determine ship’s position at 1800 & 1900 hrs, Gyro error 1O (H).

PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY
Q.5 Following courses and distances were steamed by a vessel doing 15 knots, between noon of 8th Jan till
noon of 9th Jan. The noon position on 8th Jan was observed to be 10O S 45OE.

Ship’s Time Compass course (deg) Variation (deg) E/W Deviation (deg) E/W
1200 – 1800 150 3OE 2OE
O
1800 – 2400 135 3 E 6OW
0000 – 0600 090 3OE 5OE
0600 – 1200 120 3OE 4OW
Calculate the expected noon position for 09th January.
Q.6 Calculate the Great Circle distance, initial & final course between 10O N, 40O E and 30O N, 100O E.

Q.7 Calculate the height of tide at Richmond (ATT Vol. 2, # 2821) on 29 th March 1992.

Q.8 Draw following symbols as used on BA charts.

a) Fairway buoy b) West cardinal mark c) South Cardinal mark
d) Ocean Current e) Wreck, depth unknown, dangerous to surface navigation.

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6TH January-2018
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5056 (Start point to the Needles), Deviation card No.2; Engine speed 12 knots if not mentioned
in the question.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 Your container ship is loaded having draft of 9.5 meters and fitted with latest bridge equipment. Plan a
safe passage from Straight Point (50O37’N, 003O22’W) Pilot stn to a position 50O36’N, 002O22’W.

Q.2 While steering a course of 280O(G), following bearings of Bill of Portland Lt. Ho. (50O31’N, 002O27’W) were
observed: 1300 hrs, 331O(G), 1330 hrs: 036O(G) and 1350 hrs 071O(G). If Gyro Error was 2O High, current was
estimated to set 025O(T) at 4 kts. Find the course made good, engine speed and position at 1300 and 1350 hrs.

Q.3 At 2000 hrs following bearings were observed:

Brownsea is Occ WRG Lt. Ho (50O41’N, 001O57’W) 281O(G)
Hengistbury head (50O42’N , 001O45’W ) 031O (G)
Needles Point Lt. Ho (50O40’N , 001O35’W) 081O (G)
Find ship’s position & gyro error. At 2000 hrs also find distance from nearest South Cardinal Mark buoy.

Q.4 While on a course of 021O(G) at speed of 14 kts, at 1600 hrs Start Pt. Ltd. ho (50 O13’N,003O30’W) was
bearing 270O(G) and after 45 minutes Berry Head Lt. Ho (50O24’N, 003O29’W) was 6 nm away, During this
period current estimated to set 045O(T) at 3 kts, wind S’ly with leeway 2O. If GE 2O (H), find CMG, SMG &
position at 1600 and 1645 hrs.
PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY
Q.5 Following courses and distances were steamed by a vessel doing 15 knots, between noon of 1 st Feb till
noon of 2nd Feb. The noon position on 1st Feb was observed to be 10ON30OE.
Ship’s Time Compass course (deg) Variation (deg) E/W Deviation (deg) E/W
1200 – 1800 150 3OE 2OE
O
1800 – 2400 135 3 E 6OW
0000 – 0600 090 3OE 5OE
0600 – 1200 120 3OE 4OW
Clocks were advanced for 1 hr at between 0300 hrs. Current setting 240O x 2.5 kts was experienced
throughout. Calculate the noon position arrived at on 2 nd Feb when above courses were steered and distances
steamed.
Q.6 Calculate the Great Circle distance, initial & final course between 20O S 30OW and 40O S 80OW.
Q.7 Calculate the height of tide at St. Helena Bay (ATT Vol. 2, #3778) for 29 th March 1992.
Q.8 Draw following symbols as used on BA charts.
a) Fairway buoy b) East Cardinal mark c) North Cardinal Mark
d) Submarine Power Cable e) Isolated Danger Mark
(20 marks)
*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 7th November-2017
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5072 (Falsterbo to Oland), Deviation Card No. 2; HE 12m; Engine Speed 12 knots if not
mentioned in the question; Variation 6OW.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY 2 QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING: (30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 Your vessel is a deep drafted tanker having maximum draft of 19m. She is bound from deep drafted pilot
station (55O 13.3 ‘N 013O23.5’ E) to OLANDS SODRA GRUND TSS. Vessel is fitted with all modern navigations
aids. Plan a safe passage with clear marking of courses and distances, alteration points for each leg of passage.

Q.2 At 1500 hrs a vessel observes bearing of Utklippan Light (55 O 57’N 015O 42.6’E) WAS 032O T, range 7 miles.
At 1530 hrs same light bearing was 010OT and again at 1615hrs it was 340OT. During above interval the vessel
steered 108OT at 8 knots. Find course made good and set and rate of current encountered by the vessel.

Q.3 At 2000 hrs a vessel in DR, position 55O 30’N, 014O 30’E, observed the following star sights.
 Star ‘A’: Azimuth 210O T, intercept 1 miles towards.
 Star ‘B’: Azimuth 090OT, intercept 2.5 miles away.
Find the position of vvessel at 2000hrs.
b) From 2000 hrs position, find out compass course to steer to reach pilot station off Hammerrode Light (55 O
18’N, 014O 48’E) if current was setting south at 2 knots. Leeway 3 O Wind SW. Ship’s speed is 12 knots.

Q.4. An anchored vessel in position South of Yastad observed following compass bearings:
 Sandhammaren (55O 24’N, 014O 10’E) 067O C
 Yastad (South) (55O 25’N, 013O 49’E) – 010O C
 Abbekas (55O 23’N, 013O 06’E) – 320O C
Find vessel’s position and compass error.
PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY
Q.5 From the following log abstract find:-
i) Course and distance made good Noon to Noon.
ii) Position arrived at Noon next day.
Noon position lat 10O S, long 10O W.
Var Dev Log
O
Noon Set/ Co 320 (C) 3OE 4OW 00
O
1800 A/Co 015 (C) 3OE 2OW 75
2400 A/Co 060O (C) 4OE 4OW 153
0200 Engine Break Down 178
0400 Resume Course 00
1000 A/Co 102O (C) 4OE 4OE 68
Noon 93
Current was setting SW at 2kts throughout. (30 marks)
Q.6 Find the initial and the final course and distance along a Great Circle track from a position ‘A’ lat 56OS Long
67O W to a position ‘B’ Lat 37O S Long 19O E. (30 marks)

Q.7 A vessel runs lightly aground a Antwerp on 01.03.1992. Find the earliest time when she would refloat.
(30 marks)
Q.8 (a) What are the advantages of Passage Planning.
(b) Write a brief note on ‘Appraisal” stage on passage planning. (20 marks)

*************************X***X*****************************
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Date: - 6th September-2017
SECOND MATE OF A FOREIGN GOING SHIP
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION
PAPER: TERRESTRIAL & COASTAL NAVIGATION

TIME: 3 Hours PASS MARKS: 140 MAX. MARKS: 200

Notes:
1. Use Chart 5047, Deviation Card No.2, Variation as per chart, ship’s speed 12 knots and Height of eye of the
observer 10m, if not mentioned in the question.
2. Positions of the landmarks are approximate and are for identification only.
3. Use luminous range diagram as necessary.
4. Use Admiralty Tide Tables for 1992.
PART – A
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY, ATTEMPT ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE REMAINING:
(30 MARKS EACH)
Q.1 A general cargo vessel having draft of 10 mtrs drops pilot at Avonmouth pilot station (51O 21’N 003O
19’W) in rough weather and is bound for Swansea pilot station (51O 32’N 003O 57’W). Vessel is fitted with all
the necessary navigation equipments. Plan a safe passage, plot courses on chart and make brief summary of
passage plan in the answer sheet.

Q.2 A vessel observes the following compass bearings:

Scarweather Lt. v/l (51O 27’N 003O 56’W): 306O (C), Porthcawl point Lt. Ho.(51O 28’N 003O 42W): 006O (C),
Nash Point Lt. H. (51O 24’ N 003O 33’W): 076O (C)
Find the vessel’s position and calculate the deviation. Variation 8OW.

Q.3 At 1000hrs, on a vessel steering 080O(T), Caldey Island Light bore 030O(T). At 1030hrs the Caldey Island
Light bore 000O (T), and at 1100hrs same Light bore 330O (T) and at 1112hrs Hevick lt. v/l bore 094O(T).
Determine
(a) Course and speed made good (b) Course and Rate of current

Q.4. A Vessel while steering a course of 036O (T) observes Lundy is South light (51O 09’N 004O 39’W) for the
first time at 1800hrs. The visibility at this time was 5 miles. The light was obscured at 1836hrs. If the current
was setting 340O (T) at 3 knots, find:
(a) Position of vessel at 1836hrs (b) Course and speed made good

PART - B
ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY (Question Nos: 5,6,7 carry 30 Marks each; Question No.8: 20 Marks)
Q.5 10th Noon position 15O 00’N 040O 00’E set course as follows:
Time Co (C) Dev Var L’way Wind Log
O O O O
1200 082 2 W 1 E 1 E 0
a/c 2000 100O 2O W 3O E 2O E 120
a/c 0200 166O 3O W 1O E 3O E 198
O O O
a/c 0800 245 3 W 2 E NIL NIL 272
a/c 1200 332
A current setting NW at 2 knots throughout. Clocks were retarded by 1 hr at midnight. The engines were
stopped for repair from 0400 to 0600 hrs. Find the EP next noon and the course and distance made good.

Q.6 Find the great circle distance, initial course and final course from A 30 O 00’N, 085O 00’E to B 42O 00’N,
110O 00’E.
Q.7. Vessel having draft F: 7m, A: 8m wants to clear a bar (charted depth 6m), at Mumbai (#4359) on
20.01.1992 with a UKC of 1m. Find the earliest time in evening to cross the Bar?

Q.8 Draw chart symbols for the following:

(a) Wreck dangerous to navigation (b) Temple (c) Eddies (d) Gas supply pipeline
(e) Mean Sea Level (f) Submarine cable (g) Unused pipeline (h) Wreck

*************************X***X*****************************
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner
Scanned by CamScanner